Document:

Exhibit 4.2

 

 

 

 

CCO HOLDINGS, LLC and CCO HOLDINGS CAPITAL
CORP.,

as Issuers,

 

and

 

The
Bank of New York MELLON TRUST COMPANY, N.A.,

as Trustee

 

__________________________________

 

FIFTH
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

Dated as of July 9, 2020

 

__________________________________

 

4.250% Senior Notes due 2031

 

    

     

    

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	 	 	Page
	 	 	 
	 	Article 1	 
	 	 	 
	 	DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE	 
	 	 	 
	Section 1.01	Definitions	2
	Section 1.02	Other Definitions	30
	 	 	 
	 	Article 2	 
	 	 	 
	 	THE NOTES	 
	 	 	 
	Section 2.01	Form and Dating	30
	Section 2.02	Execution and Authentication	31
	Section 2.03	Registrar and Paying Agent	32
	Section 2.04	Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust	32
	Section 2.05	Holder Lists	33
	Section 2.06	Transfer and Exchange	33
	Section 2.07	Replacement Notes	46
	Section 2.08	Outstanding Notes	47
	Section 2.09	Treasury Notes	47
	Section 2.10	Temporary Notes	47
	Section 2.11	Cancellation	48
	Section 2.12	Defaulted Interest	48
	Section 2.13	CUSIP Numbers	48
	 	 	 
	 	Article 3	 
	 	 	 
	 	REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	 
	 	 	 
	Section 3.01	Notices to Trustee	48
	Section 3.02	Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed	49
	Section 3.03	Notice of Redemption	49
	Section 3.04	Effect of Notice of Redemption	50
	Section 3.05	Deposit of Redemption Price	50
	Section 3.06	Notes Redeemed in Part	51
	Section 3.07	Optional Redemption	51
	Section 3.08	Mandatory Redemption	52
	Section 3.09	Offer to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds	52

 

    -i-

     

    

 

 

		Article 4	 
		 	 
	 	COVENANTS	 
	 	 	 
	Section 4.03	Reports	54
	Section 4.04	Compliance Certificate	55
	Section 4.05	Taxes	55
	Section 4.06	Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	56
	Section 4.07	Restricted Payments	56
	Section 4.08	Investments	61
	Section 4.09	Dividend and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries	61
	Section 4.10	Incurrence of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock	63
	Section 4.11	Limitation on Asset Sales	65
	Section 4.12	[Reserved]	68
	Section 4.13	Transactions with Affiliates	68
	Section 4.14	Liens	69
	Section 4.15	Existence	70
	Section 4.16	Repurchase at the Option of Holders upon a Change of Control Triggering Event	70
	Section 4.17	Limitations on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness	72
	Section 4.18	Special Interest Notice	72
	Section 4.19	Termination of Covenants	73
	 	 	 
		Article 5	 
	 	 	 
	 	SUCCESSORS	 
		 	 
	Section 5.01	Merger, Consolidation or Sale of Assets	75
		 	 
	 	Article 6	 
	 	 	 
	 	DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	 
		 	 
		Article 7	 
	 	 	 
	 	TRUSTEE	 
		 	 
	Section 7.01	Duties of Trustee	78
	Section 7.02	Rights of Trustee	78
	Section 7.03	Individual Rights of Trustee	78
	Section 7.04	Trustee’s Disclaimer	78
	Section 7.05	Notice of Defaults	78
	Section 7.06	[Reserved]	79
	Section 7.07	Compensation and Indemnity	80
	Section 7.08	Replacement of the Trustee	80
	Section 7.09	Successor Trustee by Merger, etc.	81
	Section 7.10	Eligibility; Disqualification	81

 

    -ii-

     

    

 

	 	Article 8	 
	 	 	 
	 	LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	 
	 	 	 
	Section 8.03	Covenant Defeasance	81
	 	 	 
	 	Article 9	 
	 	 	 
	 	AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	 
	 	 	 
	Section 9.01	Without Consent of Holders of Notes	81
	Section 9.02	With Consent of Holders of Notes	82
	 	 	 
	 	Article 12	 
	 	 	 
	 	MISCELLANEOUS	 
	 	 	 
	Section 12.01	Table of Contents, Headings, etc.	82
	Section 12.02	Supplemental Indenture Controls	83
	Section 12.03	Submission to Jurisdiction	83
	 	 	 
	 	Article 13	 
	 	 	 
	 	SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	 
	 	 	 
	Section 13.01	Satisfaction and Discharge of Supplemental Indenture	83
	Section 13.02	Application of Trust Money	84

 

    -iii-

     

    

 

FIFTH SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of
July 9, 2020, (this “Supplemental Indenture”) among CCO Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company
(the “Company”), CCO Holdings Capital Corp., a Delaware corporation (“Capital Corp” and,
together with the Company, the “Issuers”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee (the
 “Trustee”).

 

WHEREAS, the Issuers and the Trustee have
previously executed and delivered an Indenture, dated as of May 23, 2019 (the “Base Indenture”), providing
for the issuance from time to time of one or more series of senior debt securities of the Company and Capital Corp;

 

WHEREAS, Section 9.01 of the Base Indenture
provides that the Issuers and the Trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture to the Base Indenture to, among other things,
establish the form or terms of any series of Notes (as defined in the Base Indenture) as permitted by Section 2.01 and Section 9.01
of the Base Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, clause (9) of Section 9.01
of the Base Indenture provides that the Issuers and the Trustee may enter into a supplemental indenture changing or eliminating
any provision of the Base Indenture; provided that any such change shall become effective only when there are no outstanding
Notes (as defined in the Base Indenture) of such series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture which is
entitled to the benefit of such provisions;

 

WHEREAS, the Issuers are entering into this
Supplemental Indenture to, among other things, establish the form and terms of the Issuers’ new series of 4.250% Senior Notes
due 2031 (the “Notes”) pursuant to the Base Indenture, as modified by this Supplemental Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, clause (8) of Section 9.01
of the Base Indenture provides that the Issuers may conform the Base Indenture, as amended and supplemented, or the Notes, as amended
or supplemented, to the description and terms of such Notes in the offering memorandum, prospectus supplement or other offering
document applicable to such Notes at the time of the initial sale thereof; and

 

WHEREAS, all conditions necessary to authorize
the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture and to make it a valid and binding obligation of the Issuers have been
satisfied or performed.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements
and obligations set forth herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged,
the Issuers and the Trustee, for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined in
the Base Indenture), hereby enter into this Supplemental Indenture to, among other things, establish the terms of the Notes pursuant
to Section 2.01 of the Base Indenture and there is hereby established the Issuers’ “4.250% Senior Notes due 2031”
as a separate series of Notes (as defined in the Base Indenture) and such parties further agree that this Supplemental Indenture
affects the Issuers’ 4.250% Senior Notes due 2031 only and not any other series of Notes (as defined in the Base Indenture).

 

    

     

    

 

Article 1

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.01      Definitions.

 

The terms defined in this Section 1.01
(except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context of this Supplemental Indenture otherwise requires) for all
purposes of this Supplemental Indenture and of any indenture supplemental hereto that governs the Notes have the respective meanings
specified in this Section 1.01. All other terms used in this Supplemental Indenture that are defined in the Base Indenture,
either directly or by reference therein (except as herein otherwise expressly provided or unless the context of this Supplemental
Indenture otherwise requires), have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Base Indenture as in force at the date
of this Supplemental Indenture as originally executed.

 

“Acquired Debt” means,
with respect to any specified Person, Indebtedness:

 

(1)        of
any other Person existing at the time such other Person is merged with or into or became a Restricted Subsidiary of such specified
Person, whether or not such Indebtedness is incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person merging with
or into, or becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of, such specified Person; and

 

(2)        secured
by a Lien encumbering any asset acquired by such specified Person.

 

“Additional Notes” means
Notes issued pursuant to the terms of this Supplemental Indenture in addition to Initial Notes (other than any Notes issued in
respect of Initial Notes pursuant to Sections 2.06, 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09 or 4.16 of this Supplemental Indenture or Section 9.05
of the Base Indenture).

 

“Affiliate” of any specified
Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with
such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control,” as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the
possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise. For purposes of this definition, the terms “controlling,”
 “controlled by” and “under common control with” shall have correlative meanings.

 

“Applicable
Percentage” means 100.0%; provided that so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing
or would result therefrom, the Applicable Percentage shall be (1) 50% if, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to
such Asset Sale and the use of proceeds therefrom the Leverage Ratio would be less than or equal to 4.5 to 1.00 but greater
than 4.00 to 1.00, or (2) 0.00% if, on a pro forma basis after giving effect to such Asset Sale and the use of proceeds
therefrom, the Leverage Ratio would be less than or equal to 4.00 to 1.00. Any Net Proceeds in respect of an Asset Sale that
does not constitute Applicable Proceeds as a result of the application of this definition shall collectively constitute
 “Total Leverage Excess Proceeds.”

 

“Applicable Proceeds”
has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.11.

 

    -2-

     

    

 

“Asset Acquisition” means
(a) an Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in any other Person pursuant to which such Person shall
become a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or shall be merged with or into the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or (b) the acquisition by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of the
assets of any Person which constitute all or substantially all of the assets of such Person, any division or line of business of
such Person or any other properties or assets of such Person other than in the ordinary course of business.

 

“Asset Sale” means:

 

(1)            the
sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of any assets or rights, other than sales of inventory in the ordinary course of the
Cable Related Business consistent with applicable past practices; provided that the sale, conveyance or other disposition
of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, shall be governed by Section 4.16
and/or Section 5.01 and not by the provisions of Section 4.11; and

 

(2)            the
issuance of Equity Interests by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or the sale of Equity Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the preceding, the following
items shall not be deemed to be Asset Sales:

 

(1)            any
single transaction or series of related transactions that: (a) involves assets having a fair market value of less than $100.0
million; or (b) results in net proceeds to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of less than $100.0 million;

 

(2)            a
transfer of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(3)            an
issuance of Equity Interests by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the Company or to another Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company;

 

(4)            any
Restricted Payment that is permitted by Section 4.07, any Restricted Investment that is permitted by Section 4.08 or
a Permitted Investment;

 

(5)            the
incurrence of Liens not prohibited by this Supplemental Indenture and the disposition of assets related to such Liens by the secured
party pursuant to a foreclosure;

 

(6)            any
disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(7)            any
surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, including, without limitation, with respect to Hedging Obligations;

 

(8)            like-kind
property exchanges under Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code;

 

    -3-

     

    

 

(9)              non-exclusive
licenses of intellectual property; and

 

(10)            any
sale or disposition of inventory or accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business.

 

“Base Indenture” has
the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Supplemental Indenture.

 

“Beneficial Owner” has
the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Exchange Act as in effect on the Issue Date.

 

“Board of Directors”
means the board of directors or comparable governing body of Charter or if so specified the Company, in either case, as constituted
as of the date of any determination required to be made, or action required to be taken, pursuant to the Indenture.

 

“Bright House Acquisition Agreement”
means that certain Contribution Agreement, dated as of March 31, 2015, as amended on May 23, 2015, by and among Charter
Communications, Inc., certain of its subsidiaries and the other parties thereto.

 

“Cable Related Business”
means the business of owning cable television systems and businesses ancillary, complementary and related thereto.

 

“Capital Corp” means
CCO Holdings Capital Corp., a Delaware corporation, and any successor Person thereto.

 

“Capital Lease Obligation”
means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a capital lease that would
at that time be required to be capitalized on a balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Capital Stock” means:

 

(1)            in
the case of a corporation, corporate stock;

 

(2)            in
the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however
designated) of corporate stock;

 

(3)            in
the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and

 

(4)            any
other interest (other than any debt obligation) or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits
and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person.

 

“Capital Stock Sale Proceeds”
means the aggregate net proceeds (including the fair market value of the non-cash proceeds) received by the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries from and after April 1, 2010, in each case

 

    -4-

     

    

 

(x)            as
a contribution to the common equity capital or from the issue or sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock and other
than issuances or sales to a Subsidiary of the Company) of any Parent or the Company from and after April 1, 2010, or

 

(y)            from
the issue or sale of Disqualified Stock, debt securities or other Indebtedness of the Company that has been converted into or exchanged
for such Equity Interests (other than Equity Interests (or Disqualified Stock, debt securities or other Indebtedness) sold to a
Subsidiary of the Company).

 

“Cash Equivalents” means:

 

(1)            U.S.
dollars;

 

(2)            securities
issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the U.S. government or any agency or instrumentality thereof (provided
that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof) having maturities of not more than twelve months
from the date of acquisition;

 

(3)            certificates
of deposit and eurodollar time deposits with maturities of twelve months or less from the date of acquisition, bankers’ acceptances
with maturities not exceeding six months and overnight bank deposits, in each case, with any domestic commercial bank having combined
capital and surplus in excess of $500.0 million and a Thomson BankWatch Rating at the time of acquisition of “B” or
better;

 

(4)            repurchase
obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in clauses (2) and (3) above
entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in clause (3) above;

 

(5)            commercial
paper having a rating at the time of acquisition of at least “P-1” from Moody’s or at least “A-1”
from S&P and in each case maturing within twelve months after the date of acquisition;

 

(6)            corporate
debt obligations maturing within twelve months after the date of acquisition thereof, rated at the time of acquisition at least
 “Aaa” or “P-1” by Moody’s or “AAA” or “A-1” by S&P;

 

(7)            auction-rate
Preferred Stocks of any corporation maturing not later than 90 days after the date of acquisition thereof, rated at the time of
acquisition at least “Aaa” by Moody’s or “AAA” by S&P;

 

(8)            securities
issued by any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States, or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof,
maturing not later than six months after the date of acquisition thereof, rated at the time of acquisition at least “A”
by Moody’s or S&P; and

 

    -5-

     

    

 

(9)            money
market or mutual funds at least 90% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (1) through
(8) of this definition.

 

“CCH II” means CCH II,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor Person thereto.

 

“CCHC” means Charter
Communications Holding Company, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

“CCO” means Charter Communications
Operating, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor Person thereto.

 

“Change of Control” means
the occurrence of any of the following:

 

(1)            the
sale, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of merger or consolidation), in one or a series of related transactions,
of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or of a Parent and its Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, to any “person” (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) other than
a Parent, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(2)            the
adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation or dissolution of the Company or a Parent (except the liquidation of any Parent
into any other Parent); or

 

(3)            the
consummation of any transaction, including any merger or consolidation, the result of which is that any “person” (as
defined above) other than a Parent becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 50% of the Voting Stock of
the Company or a Parent, measured by voting power rather than the number of shares.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing,
(a) a transaction will not be deemed to involve a Change of Control if (i) Charter becomes a direct or indirect
wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company and (ii)(A) the direct or indirect holders of the Voting Stock of such
holding company immediately following that transaction are substantially the same as the holders of Charter’s Voting
Stock immediately prior to that transaction or (B) immediately following that transaction no person (other than a
holding company satisfying the requirements of this sentence) is the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than
50% of the Voting Stock of such holding company, measured by voting power rather than the number of shares and (b) the
right to acquire Voting Stock (so long as such person does not have the right to direct the voting of the Voting Stock
subject to such right) or any veto power in connection with the acquisition or disposition of Voting Stock will not cause a
party to be a Beneficial Owner.

 

“Change of Control Triggering Event”
means the occurrence of both a Change of Control and a Ratings Event.

 

“Charter” means Charter
Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the indirect parent of the Issuers, and any successor thereto.

 

    -6-

     

    

 

“Charter Holdings” means
Charter Communications Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and any successor Person thereto.

 

“Charter Parent Refinancing Indebtedness”
means any Indebtedness of a Parent issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used within 90 days after the date
of issuance thereof to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease, purchase, acquire or refund (including successive extensions,
refinancings, renewals, replacements, defeasances, purchases, acquisitions or refunds), Indebtedness (including Acquired Debt)
incurred by CCH II or any of its Subsidiaries or which refinances such Indebtedness; provided that:

 

(1)            the
principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Charter Parent Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal
amount of (or accreted value, if applicable) plus accrued interest and premium, if any, on the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced,
renewed, replaced, defeased, purchased, acquired or refunded (plus the amount of reasonable fees, commissions and expenses incurred
in connection therewith);

 

(2)            such
Charter Parent Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date no earlier than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted
Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced,
renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and

 

(3)            is
classified as such by the Company.

 

“Charter Subsidiary Refinancing
Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of a Parent issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which are used within
90 days after the date of issuance thereof to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease, purchase, acquire or refund (including
successive extensions, refinancings, renewals, replacements, defeasances, purchases, acquisitions or refunds), Indebtedness
(including Acquired Debt) incurred by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or which refinances such Indebtedness; provided
that:

 

(1)            the
principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Charter Subsidiary Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the
principal amount of (or accreted value, if applicable) plus accrued interest and premium, if any, on the Indebtedness
so extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased, purchased, acquired or refunded (plus the amount of reasonable fees,
commissions and expenses incurred in connection therewith); and

 

(2)            such
Charter Subsidiary Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date no earlier than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted
Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced,
renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

 

“Company” means CCO Holdings,
LLC and any successor Person thereto.

 

“Consolidated EBITDA”
means with respect to any Person, for any period, the net income of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period
plus, to the extent such amount was deducted in calculating such net income:

 

    -7-

     

    

 

(1)            Consolidated
Interest Expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(2)            income
taxes;

 

(3)            depreciation
expense;

 

(4)            amortization
expense;

 

(5)            asset
impairments or write-downs or write-offs;

 

(6)            all
other non-cash items, extraordinary items, non-recurring and unusual items (including any restructuring charges, costs and expenses
and charges, costs and expenses related to litigation settlements or judgments and/or charges, costs and expenses related to asset
acquisitions and dispositions) and the cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles reducing such net income, less all
non-cash items, extraordinary items, non-recurring and unusual items and cumulative effects of changes in accounting principles
increasing such net income;

 

(7)            amounts
actually paid during such period pursuant to a deferred compensation plan;

 

(8)            any
premium, penalty or fee paid in relation to any repayment, prepayment or repurchase of Indebtedness;

 

(9)            all
deferred financing costs written off in connection with the early extinguishment of Indebtedness, net of taxes;

 

(10)          all
costs, expenses and fees related to the issuance of the Notes;

 

(11)          the
amount of “runrate” cost savings projected by the Issuers in good faith, net of the amount of actual benefits
realized or expected to be realized (which cost savings shall be calculated on a pro forma basis as though they had
been realized on the first day of such period) from actions taken or to be taken prior to or during such period; provided that
(A) (x) such cost savings are reasonably identifiable and expected to be achieved based on such actions and
(y) the benefits resulting therefrom are anticipated by the Issuers to be realized within twelve months of such actions
and (B) the aggregate amount added back pursuant to this clause (11) for any period shall not exceed 20% of Consolidated
EBITDA for such period prior to giving effect to this clause (11), provided further that this clause (11), for the
avoidance of doubt, shall not result in an amount less than zero; and

 

(12)           for
purposes of (x) Section 4.10 and (y) calculation of the Leverage Ratio in clause (15) of the second paragraph of
Section 4.07 only, Management Fees;

 

    -8-

     

    

 

provided that Consolidated EBITDA shall not include:

 

(w)            the
net income (or net loss) of any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (“Other Person”), except:

 

(i)            with
respect to net income, to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid to such Person or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries by such Other Person during such period; and

 

(ii)            with
respect to net losses, to the extent of the amount of investments made by such Person or any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person
in such Other Person during such period;

 

(x)            solely
for the purposes of calculating the amount of Restricted Payments that may be made pursuant to clause (3) of the first paragraph
of Section 4.07 (and in such case, except to the extent includable pursuant to clause (w) above), the net income (or
net loss) of any Other Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with
such Person or any Restricted Subsidiaries or all or substantially all of the property and assets of such Other Person are acquired
by such Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(y)            solely
for purposes of clause (3) of the first paragraph of Section 4.07, the net income of any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company to the extent that the payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Restricted Subsidiary of such net income is
restricted by the operation of the terms of such Restricted Subsidiary’s charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment,
decree, order, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Restricted Subsidiary, unless (x) such restriction
with respect to the payment of dividends or similar distributions has been legally waived or (y) such restriction is permitted
by Section 4.09; provided, that the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary shall be increased by the amount of dividends
or other distributions or payments actually paid in cash (or converted into cash) by any such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person,
to the extent not already included therein; and

 

(z)            effects
of any fresh start accounting adjustments.

 

“Consolidated Indebtedness”
means, with respect to any Person as of any date of determination, the sum, without duplication, of:

 

(1)            the
total amount of outstanding Indebtedness of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries, plus

 

(2)            the
total amount of Indebtedness of any other Person that has been Guaranteed by the referent Person or one or more of its Restricted
Subsidiaries, plus

 

(3)            the
aggregate liquidation value of all Disqualified Stock of such Person and all Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries of such
Person,

 

in each case, determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

    -9-

     

    

 

“Consolidated Interest Expense”
means, with respect to any Person for any period, without duplication, the sum of:

 

(1)            the
consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, whether paid or accrued (including,
without limitation, amortization or original issue discount, non-cash interest payments, the interest component of any deferred
payment obligations, the interest component of all payments associated with Capital Lease Obligations, commissions, discounts and
other fees and charges incurred in respect of letter of credit or bankers’ acceptance financings, and net payments (if any)
pursuant to Hedging Obligations);

 

(2)            the
consolidated interest expense of such Person and its Restricted Subsidiaries that was capitalized during such period; and

 

(3)            any
interest expense on Indebtedness of another Person that is guaranteed by such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries or secured
by a Lien on assets of such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries (whether or not such Guarantee or Lien is called upon);
excluding, however, any amount of such interest of any Restricted Subsidiary of the referent Person if the net income of such Restricted
Subsidiary is excluded in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to clause (x) of the definition thereof (but only
in the same proportion as the net income of such Restricted Subsidiary is excluded from the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA
pursuant to clause (x) of the definition thereof),

 

in each case, on a consolidated basis and in accordance with
GAAP.

 

“Consolidated Net Tangible
Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the total amount of assets (less applicable reserves and other
properly deductible items) of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries less the sum of (1) all goodwill, trade names,
trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other intangibles, and (2) all current liabilities, in
each case, reflected on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries as at the
end of the most recent ended fiscal quarter for which financial statements have been delivered pursuant to this Supplemental
Indenture, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP on a pro forma basis to give effect to any acquisition
or disposition of assets made after such balance sheet date and on or prior to the date of determination.

 

“Contribution Indebtedness”
means Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount not greater
than the aggregate amount of cash contributions (other than the proceeds from the issuance of Disqualified Stock or any cash contribution
by an Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) made to the capital of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date (whether
through the issuance of Capital Stock or otherwise); provided that such Contribution Indebtedness is incurred within 180
days after the making of the related cash contribution.

 

    -10-

     

    

 

“Credit Facilities” means,
with respect to the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries, and with respect to any other entity as the context requires, one
or more debt facilities (including indentures), in each case with banks, lenders or noteholders (other than a Parent of the Issuers)
providing for revolving credit loans, term loans, receivables financing (including through the sale of receivables to such lenders
or to special purpose entities formed to borrow from such lenders against such receivables) letters of credit, notes, guarantees,
and commercial paper in each case, as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced or refinanced in whole or in part
from time to time.

 

“Default” means any event
that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default; provided, that any Default
that results solely from the taking of an action that would have been permitted but for the continuation of a previous Default
will be deemed to be cured if such previous Default is cured prior to becoming an Event of Default.

 

“Declined Excess Proceeds”
has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.11.

 

“Definitive Note” means
a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06, substantially
in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the
 “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.

 

“Depositary” means, with
respect to the Global Notes, the Person specified in Section 2.03 as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, and any and
all successors thereto appointed as depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Supplemental
Indenture.

 

“Derivative
Instrument” with respect to a Person, means any contract, instrument or other right to receive payment or delivery
of cash or other assets to which such Person or any Affiliate of such Person that is acting in concert with such Person in
connection with such Person’s investment in the Notes (other than a Screened Affiliate) is a party (whether or not
requiring further performance by such Person), the value and/or cash flows of which (or any material portion thereof) are
materially affected by the value and/or performance of the Notes and/or the creditworthiness of the Issuers (the
 “Performance References”).

 

“Designated Noncash Consideration”
means the fair market value of noncash consideration received by the Issuers or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with an Asset
Sale that is so designated as Designated Noncash Consideration pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate, setting forth the basis
of such valuation, less the amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received in connection with a subsequent sale of such Designated
Noncash Consideration.

 

“Designated Parent Companies”
means CCH II, Charter, CCHC and Charter Holdings.

 

“Disposition” means,
with respect to any Person, any merger, consolidation or other business combination involving such Person (whether or not such
Person is the surviving Person) or the sale, assignment, transfer, lease or conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially
all of such Person’s assets or Capital Stock.

 

    -11-

     

    

 

“Disqualified Stock”
means any Capital Stock that, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible, or for which it is exchangeable,
in each case at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event, matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant
to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part, on or prior
to the date that is 91 days after the earlier of the date on which the Notes mature or the date on which the Notes are no longer
outstanding. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any Capital Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because
the holders thereof have the right to require the Company to repurchase such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a Change of Control
or an Asset Sale shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock provide that the Company may not repurchase
or redeem any such Capital Stock pursuant to such provisions unless such repurchase or redemption complies with Section 4.07.

 

“Equity Interests” means
Capital Stock and all warrants, options or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible
into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

 

“Equity Offering” means
any private or public issuance of Qualified Capital Stock of the Company or a Parent of which the gross proceeds to the Company
or received by the Company as a capital contribution from such Parent (directly or indirectly), as the case may be, are at least
$25.0 million.

 

“Exchange Notes” means
any notes issued in exchange for Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or similar agreement.

 

“Exchange Offer” means
the offer of the Issuers to issue and deliver to Holders of Notes that are not prohibited by law or policy of the SEC from participating
in such offer in exchange for such Notes, a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes.

 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement”
means a registration statement relating to the Exchange Offer as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Existing Indebtedness”
means Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in existence on the Issue Date, until such amounts are repaid.

 

“GAAP” means generally
accepted accounting principles in the United States which are in effect on September 27, 2010. At any time on or after the
Issue Date, the Issuers may elect to establish that GAAP shall mean GAAP as in effect on or prior to the date of such election;
provided that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable. At any time after the Issue Date, the Issuers may elect
to apply International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) accounting principles in lieu of GAAP and, upon
any such election, references herein to GAAP shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS on the date of such election; provided
that any such election, once made, shall be irrevocable; provided, further, that any calculation or determination in the Indenture
that requires the application of GAAP for periods that include fiscal quarters ended prior to the Issuers’ election to apply
IFRS shall remain as previously calculated or determined in accordance with GAAP. The Issuers shall give notice of any such election
made in accordance with this definition to the Trustee.

 

If there occurs a change in IFRS or GAAP,
as the case may be, and such change would cause a change in the method of calculation of any standards, terms or measures (including
all computations of amounts and ratios) used in this Indenture (an “Accounting Change”), then the Issuers may
elect that such standards, terms or measures shall be calculated as if such Accounting Change had not occurred.

 

    -12-

     

    

 

“Global Note Legend”
means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(ii) which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this
Supplemental Indenture.

 

“Guarantee” or “guarantee”
means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct
or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement
agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness, measured as the lesser of the aggregate outstanding amount
of the Indebtedness so guaranteed and the face amount of the guarantee.

 

“Guarantor” means any
Subsidiary of the Company that executes a supplemental indenture and provides a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with Section 4.17
hereof.

 

“Hedging Obligations”
means, with respect to any Person, the obligations of such Person under:

 

(1)            interest
rate swap agreements, interest rate cap agreements and interest rate collar agreements;

 

(2)            interest
rate option agreements, foreign currency exchange agreements, foreign currency swap agreements; and

 

(3)            other
agreements or arrangements designed to protect such Person against fluctuations in interest and currency exchange rates.

 

“Holder” means a holder
of the Notes.

 

“Indebtedness” means,
with respect to any specified Person, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent:

 

(1)            in
respect of borrowed money;

 

(2)            evidenced
by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof);

 

(3)            in
respect of banker’s acceptances;

 

(4)            representing
Capital Lease Obligations;

 

(5)            in
respect of the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property due more than six months after the property is
acquired, except any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or trade payable; or

 

(6)            represented
by Hedging Obligations only to the extent an amount is then owed and is payable pursuant to the terms of such Hedging Obligations,

 

    -13-

     

    

 

if and to the extent any of the preceding items would appear
as a liability upon a balance sheet of the specified Person prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

In addition, the term “Indebtedness”
includes all Indebtedness of others secured by a Lien on any asset of the specified Person (whether or not such Indebtedness is
assumed by the specified Person) and, to the extent not otherwise included, the guarantee by such Person of any indebtedness of
any other Person. The amount of any Indebtedness outstanding as of any date shall be:

 

(1)            the
accreted value thereof, in the case of any Indebtedness issued with original issue discount; and

 

(2)            the
principal amount thereof, together with any interest thereon that is more than 30 days past due, in the case of any other Indebtedness.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event
shall payments required to be made pursuant to the Bright House Acquisition Agreement be deemed to be Indebtedness.

 

“Indenture” means the
Base Indenture, as supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture and as further amended or supplemented from time to time with respect
to the Notes.

 

“Initial Notes” means
the Notes issued on the Issue Date (and any Notes issued in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.06, 2.07, 2.10, 3.06, 3.09
or 4.16 of this Supplemental Indenture or Section 9.05 of the Base Indenture).

 

“Initial Purchasers”
means Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Credit Suisse Securities
(USA) LLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Mizuho Securities USA LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC,
MUFG Securities Americas Inc., RBC Capital Markets, LLC, TD Securities (USA) LLC, Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Barclays Capital
Inc., BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Scotia Capital (USA) Inc., SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc., SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.,
Credit Agricole Securities (USA) Inc., U.S. Bancorp Investments, Inc., Blaylock Van, CastleOak Securities, L.P., LionTree
Advisors LLC, Loop Capital Markets LLC and Siebert Williams Shank & Co., LLC.

 

“Investment Grade Rating”
means a rating equal to or higher than (x) in the case of Moody’s, Baa3 (or the equivalent), (y) in the case of
S&P, BBB- (or the equivalent) and (z) in the case of any other Rating Agency, the equivalent rating by such Rating Agency
to the ratings described in clauses (x) and (y).

 

“Investments” means,
with respect to any Person, all investments by such Person in other Persons, including Affiliates, in the forms of direct or indirect
loans (including guarantees of Indebtedness or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel
and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business) and purchases or other acquisitions for
consideration of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as
investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

“Issue Date” means July 9,
2020.

 

    -14-

     

    

 

“Letter of Transmittal”
means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by the Issuers and sent to all Holders of any Notes for use by such Holders in connection
with any Exchange Offer.

 

“Leverage Ratio” means,
as to the Company, as of any date, the ratio of:

 

(1)            the
Consolidated Indebtedness for borrowed money (less cash and Cash Equivalents that is unrestricted or is restricted in favor of
holders of Indebtedness included in calculating “Consolidated Indebtedness”) of the Company on such date to

 

(2)            the
aggregate amount of Consolidated EBITDA for the Company for the most recently ended fiscal quarter for which internal financial
statements are available multiplied by four (the “Reference Period”).

 

In addition to the foregoing, for purposes
of this definition, “Consolidated EBITDA” shall be calculated on a “pro forma” basis after giving effect
to:

 

(1)            for
purposes of making the computations referred to above, any Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers, consolidations
and disposed operations that have been made by the Issuers or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries, during the
Reference Period or subsequent to such Reference Period and on or prior to the date of the calculation of the Leverage Ratio
shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Investments, acquisitions, dispositions, mergers,
consolidations and disposed or discontinued operations (and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had
occurred on the first day of the Reference Period. If since the beginning of such period any Person that subsequently became
a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into any Issuer or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of
such period shall have made any Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed or discontinued
operation that would have required adjustment pursuant to this definition, then the Leverage Ratio shall be calculated giving
pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Investment, acquisition, disposition, merger, consolidation or disposed
operation had occurred at the beginning of the applicable Reference Period;

 

(2)            the
incurrence of the Indebtedness or the issuance of the Disqualified Stock or other Preferred Stock (and the application of the proceeds
therefrom) giving rise to the need to make such calculation and any incurrence or issuance (and the application of the proceeds
therefrom) or repayment of other Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, other than the incurrence or repayment of
Indebtedness for ordinary working capital purposes, at any time subsequent to the beginning of the Reference Period and on or prior
to the date of determination, as if such incurrence (and the application of the proceeds thereof), or the repayment, as the case
may be, occurred on the first day of the Reference Period; and

 

(3)            for
purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made
in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of either Issuer including cost savings and synergies; provided
that (x) such cost savings and synergies are reasonably identifiable, reasonably attributable to the action specified
and reasonably anticipated to result from such actions, and (y) such actions have been taken or initiated or are expected
to be taken or initiated within twelve (12) months of the date of determination.

 

    -15-

     

    

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, when calculating the Leverage Ratio in connection with a Limited Condition Acquisition, the date of determination
of such ratio and of any Default or Event of Default blocker shall, at the option of the Issuers, be the date the definitive
agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into and such ratio shall be calculated on a pro forma basis
after giving effect to such Limited Condition Acquisition and the other transactions to be entered into in connection
therewith (including any Incurrence of Indebtedness and the use of proceeds thereof) as if they occurred at the beginning of
the applicable Reference Period, and, for the avoidance of doubt, (x) if any of such ratios are exceeded as a result of
fluctuations in such ratio (including due to fluctuations in Consolidated EBITDA of the Issuers or the target company) at or
prior to the consummation of the relevant Limited Condition Acquisition and the Issuers have elected to test such ratios on
the date the definitive agreements for such Limited Condition Acquisition are entered into, such ratios will not be deemed to
have been exceeded as a result of such fluctuations solely for purposes of determining whether the Limited Condition
Acquisition is permitted hereunder and (y) such ratio shall not be tested at the time of consummation of such Limited
Condition Acquisition or related transactions; provided further that if the Issuers elect to have such determinations
occur at the time of entry into such definitive agreement, any such transactions shall be deemed to have occurred on the date
the definitive agreements are entered and outstanding thereafter for purposes of calculating any ratios hereunder after the
date of such agreement and before the consummation of such Limited Condition Acquisition and to the extent baskets were
utilized in satisfying any covenants, such baskets shall be deemed utilized.

 

In calculating the amount of Consolidated
Indebtedness on the date of determination for purposes of the first paragraph of Section 4.10, the calculation shall not give
effect to any Indebtedness incurred on such determination date pursuant to the provisions described in the second paragraph under
Section 4.10.

 

“Lien” means, with respect
to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether
or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law, including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement,
any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement
to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code (or equivalent statutes) of any jurisdiction.

 

“Limited Condition Acquisition”
means any acquisition, including by way of merger, by the Issuers or one or more of their Restricted Subsidiaries whose consummation
is not conditioned upon the availability of, or on obtaining, third-party financing.

 

“Long Derivative Instrument”
means a Derivative Instrument (i) the value of which generally increases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under
which generally decrease, with positive changes to the Performance References and/or (ii) the value of which generally decreases,
and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which generally increase, with negative changes to the Performance References.

 

    -16-

     

    

 

“Make-Whole Premium”
means, with respect to a Note at any redemption date, the greater of:

 

(i)            1.0%
of the principal amount of such Note; and

 

(ii)           the
excess of:

 

(1)           the
present value at such redemption date of (A) the redemption price of such Note on July 1, 2025 (with such redemption
price being as set forth in Section 3.07(a)) plus (B) all required remaining scheduled interest payments due on such
Note through July 1, 2025, other than accrued interest to such redemption date, computed using a discount rate equal to the
Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points per annum discounted on a semi-annual bond equivalent basis, over

 

(2)           the
principal amount of such Note on such redemption date.

 

“Management Fees” means
the fees payable to Charter or any other Parent pursuant to the management and mutual services agreements between any Parent of
the Company and/or CCO and between any Parent of the Company and other Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company and pursuant to the
limited liability company agreements of certain Restricted Subsidiaries as such management, mutual services or limited liability
company agreements exist on the Issue Date (or, if later, on the date any new Restricted Subsidiary is acquired or created), including
any amendment or replacement thereof, provided that any such new agreements or amendments or replacements of existing agreements
is not more disadvantageous to Holders in any material respect than such management agreements existing on the Issue Date; and
further provided that such new, amended or replacement management agreements do not provide for percentage fees, taken together
with fees under existing agreements, any higher than 3.5% of Charter’s consolidated total revenues for the applicable payment
period.

 

“Moody’s” means
Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

“Net Proceeds” means
the aggregate cash proceeds received by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any Asset Sale (including,
without limitation, any cash received upon the sale or other disposition of any non-cash consideration received in any Asset Sale),
net of the direct costs relating to such Asset Sale, including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees,
and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result thereof or taxes paid or payable as a result thereof (including
amounts distributable in respect of owners’, partners’ or members’ tax liabilities resulting from such sale),
in each case after taking into account any available tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements and amounts required
to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness.

 

“Net Short” means, with
respect to a Holder or Beneficial Owner, as of a date of determination, either (i) the value of its Short Derivative Instruments
exceeds the sum of the (x) the value of its Notes plus (y) the value of its Long Derivative Instruments as of such date
of determination or (ii) it is reasonably expected that such would have been the case were a Failure to Pay or Bankruptcy
Credit Event (each as defined in the 2014 ISDA Credit Derivatives Definitions) to have occurred with respect to any Issuer or any
Guarantor immediately prior to such date of determination.

 

    -17-

     

    

 

“Note” or “Notes”
has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble and includes the Initial Notes, any Additional Notes and any Exchange Notes.

 

“Obligations” means any
principal, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation
governing any Indebtedness.

 

“Offering Memorandum”
means that certain offering memorandum relating to the Notes, dated July 6, 2020.

 

“Other Person” has the
meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA.”

 

“Parent” means (i) any
of the Designated Parent Companies, and each of their respective successors (by way of conversion, merger and amalgamation), and/or
any direct or indirect Subsidiary of the foregoing a majority of the Capital Stock of which is owned directly or indirectly by
one or more of the foregoing Persons, as applicable, and that directly or indirectly beneficially owns a majority of the Capital
Stock of the Company, and any successor Person to any of the foregoing; and (ii) any holding company of the foregoing where
the direct or indirect holders of the voting stock of such holding company immediately following the transaction where the holding
company became a holding company are substantially the same as the holders of the Issuers’ voting stock immediately prior
to that transaction. For purposes of the second paragraph of Section 4.07, the term “Parent” shall include any
corporate co-obligor if such Parent is a limited liability company or other association not taxed as a corporation.

 

“Performance Reference”
has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Derivative Instrument.”

 

“Permitted Investments”
means:

 

(1)            any
Investment in the Company or by the Company in the Company or in a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, or any Investment by a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company in the Company or in another Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

(2)            any
Investment in Cash Equivalents;

 

(3)            any
Investment by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in a Person, if as a result of such Investment:

 

(a)            such
Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; or

 

(b)            such
Person is merged, consolidated or amalgamated with or into, or transfers or conveys substantially all of its assets to, or is liquidated
into, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company;

 

    -18-

     

    

 

(4)            any
Investment made as a result of the receipt of non-cash consideration from any Asset Sale that was made pursuant to and in compliance
with Section 4.11;

 

(5)            any
Investment made out of the net cash proceeds of the issue and sale after the Issue Date (other than to a Subsidiary of the
Company) of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company (or cash contributions to the equity capital of
the Company) to the extent that such net cash proceeds have not been applied to make a Restricted Payment or to effect other
transactions pursuant to Section 4.07 hereof (with the amount of usage of the basket in this clause (5) being
determined net of the aggregate amount of principal, interest, dividends, distributions, repayments, proceeds or other value
otherwise returned or recovered in respect of any such Investment, but not to exceed the initial amount of such
Investment);

 

(6)            other
Investments in any Person (other than any Parent) having an aggregate fair market value, when taken together with all other Investments
in any Person made by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (without duplication) pursuant to this clause (6) from and
after the Issue Date, not to exceed the greater of (A) 4.5% of Total Assets and (B) $7.0 billion (initially measured
on the date each such Investment was made and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value, but reducing the amount outstanding
by the aggregate amount of principal, interest, dividends, distributions, repayments, proceeds or other value otherwise returned
or recovered in respect of any such Investment, provided that if such amount exceeds the initial amount of such Investment,
such amount shall be added to the amount available under this clause) at any one time outstanding;

 

(7)            Investments
in customers and suppliers in the ordinary course of business which either (A) generate accounts receivable or (B) are
accepted in settlement of bona fide disputes;

 

(8)            Investments
of a Restricted Subsidiary acquired after the Issue Date or of an entity merged into the Company or merged into or consolidated
with a Restricted Subsidiary after the Issue Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection
with such acquisition, merger or consolidation and were in existence on the date of such acquisition, merger or consolidation;

 

(9)            any
Investment (other than an Investment in a Restricted Subsidiary) existing or pursuant to agreements or arrangements in effect,
on the Issue Date and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof; provided that the amount of any such
Investment may be increased (x) as required by the terms of such Investment as in existence on the Issue Date or (y) as
otherwise permitted under this Supplemental Indenture;

 

(10)            Investments
received as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization of customers or suppliers;

 

    -19-

     

    

 

(11)            as
a result of a foreclosure by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer
of title with respect to any secured Investment in default;

 

(12)            any
Investment represented by Hedging Obligations not entered into for speculative purposes;

 

(13)            loans
and advances to officers, directors and employees for business-related travel expenses, moving expenses and other expenses, in
each case incurred in the ordinary course of business or to finance the purchase of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent
and in an amount not to exceed $25.0 million at any one time outstanding;

 

(14)            Investments
the payment for which consists of Equity Interests of the Company or any Parent (exclusive of Disqualified Stock of the Company);

 

(15)            Guarantees
of Indebtedness permitted by Section 4.10;

 

(16)            Investments
consisting of purchases and acquisitions of inventory, supplies, material or equipment or the licensing or contribution of intellectual
property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with other Persons, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

 

(17)            Investments
consisting of the non-exclusive licensing or contribution of intellectual property pursuant to joint marketing arrangements with
other persons;

 

(18)            the
creation of Liens on the assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in compliance with Section 4.14;

 

(19)            Investments
consisting of earnest money deposits acquired in connection with a purchase agreement or other acquisitions to the extent not otherwise
prohibited under this Supplemental Indenture;

 

(20)            without
duplication of amounts that otherwise increased the amount available under one or more of the foregoing categories of Permitted
Investments, investments made from the proceeds from any dividend or distribution by an Unrestricted Subsidiary to the Company
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

 

(21)            Investments
in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed an amount equal to the sum of the Total Leverage Excess Proceeds and Declined
Excess Proceeds that has not been utilized to make Restricted Payments in reliance on clause (17) of the second paragraph of Section 4.07.

 

“Permitted Liens” means:

 

(1)             Liens
on the assets of, or Equity Interests in, a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under
any of the Credit Facilities of such Restricted Subsidiary;

 

    -20-

     

    

 

(2)            Liens
in favor of the Company;

 

(3)            Liens
on property of a Person existing at the time such Person is merged with or into or consolidated with the Company; provided
that such Liens were in existence prior to the contemplation of such merger or consolidation and do not extend to any assets other
than those of the Person merged into or consolidated with the Company;

 

(4)            Liens
on property existing at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company; provided that such Liens were in existence prior
to the contemplation of such acquisition;

 

(5)            Liens
to secure the performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature
incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(6)            purchase
money mortgages or other purchase money Liens (including, without limitation, any Capital Lease Obligations) incurred by the Company
upon any fixed or capital assets acquired after the Issue Date or purchase money mortgages (including without limitation Capital
Lease Obligations) on any such assets, whether or not assumed, existing at the time of acquisition of such assets, whether or not
assumed, so long as

 

(i)            such
mortgage or Lien does not extend to or cover any of the assets of the Company, except the asset so developed, constructed, or acquired,
and directly related assets such as enhancements and modifications thereto, substitutions, replacements, proceeds (including insurance
proceeds), products, rents and profits thereof, and

 

(ii)            such
mortgage or Lien secures the obligation to pay all or a portion of the purchase price of such asset, interest thereon and other
charges, costs and expenses (including, without limitation, the cost of design, development, construction, acquisition, transportation,
installation, improvement, and migration) and is incurred in connection therewith (or the obligation under such Capital Lease Obligation)
only;

 

(7)            Liens
existing on the Issue Date and replacement Liens therefor that do not encumber additional property;

 

(8)            Liens
for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or claims that are not yet delinquent or that are being contested in good faith
by appropriate proceedings promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate
provision as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made therefor;

 

(9)            statutory
and common law Liens of landlords and carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, suppliers, materialmen, repairmen or other similar Liens
arising in the ordinary course of business and with respect to amounts not yet delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate
legal proceedings promptly instituted and diligently conducted and for which a reserve or other appropriate provision, if any,
as shall be required in conformity with GAAP shall have been made;

 

    -21-

     

    

 

(10)            Liens
incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance
and other types of social security;

 

(11)            Liens
incurred or deposits made to secure the performance of tenders, bids, leases, statutory or regulatory obligation,
bankers’ acceptance, surety and appeal bonds, government contracts, performance and return-of-money bonds and other obligations
of a similar nature incurred in the ordinary course of business (exclusive of obligations for the payment of borrowed
money);

 

(12)            easements,
rights-of-way, municipal and zoning ordinances and similar charges, encumbrances, title defects or other irregularities that do
not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(13)            Liens
of franchisors or other regulatory bodies arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(14)            Liens
arising from filing Uniform Commercial Code financing statements regarding leases or other Uniform Commercial Code financing statements
for precautionary purposes relating to arrangements not constituting Indebtedness;

 

(15)            Liens
arising from the rendering of a final judgment or order against the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that does not
give rise to an Event of Default;

 

(16)            Liens
securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit that encumber documents and other property relating to such
letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof;

 

(17)            Liens
encumbering customary initial deposits and margin deposits, and other Liens, in each case, securing Indebtedness under Hedging
Obligations and forward contracts, options, future contracts, future options or similar agreements or arrangements designed solely
to protect the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates, currencies or the price of commodities;

 

(18)            Liens
consisting of any interest or title of licensor in the property subject to a license;

 

(19)            Liens
on the Capital Stock of Unrestricted Subsidiaries;

 

(20)            Liens
arising from sales or other transfers of accounts receivable which are past due or otherwise doubtful of collection in the ordinary
course of business;

 

(21)            Liens
incurred with respect to obligations which in the aggregate do not exceed the greater of (i) $300.0 million or (ii) 1.0%
of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets at any one time outstanding;

 

    -22-

     

    

 

(22)            Liens
in favor of the Trustee arising under the provisions of Section 7.07 of this Supplemental Indenture and similar provisions
in favor of trustees or other agents or representatives under indentures or other agreements governing debt instruments entered
into after the date hereof;

 

(23)            Liens
in favor of the Trustee for its benefit and the benefit of Holders as their respective interests appear; and

 

(24)            Liens
securing Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness, to the extent that the Indebtedness being refinanced was secured or was permitted
to be secured by such Liens.

 

“Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness”
means any Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries issued in exchange for, or the net proceeds of which
are used within 60 days after the date of issuance thereof, to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund, other Indebtedness
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than intercompany Indebtedness); provided that, unless otherwise
permitted by this Supplemental Indenture, no Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary (other than, for the avoidance of doubt,
a corporate co-issuer whose primary purpose is to act as a co-issuer and any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Guarantor) may be
issued in exchange for, nor may the net proceeds of Indebtedness be used to extend, refinance, renew, replace, defease or refund, Indebtedness
of the direct or indirect parent of such Restricted Subsidiary; provided, further, that:

 

(1)            the
principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness does not exceed the principal amount
of (or accreted value, if applicable), plus accrued interest and premium, if any, on the Indebtedness so extended, refinanced,
renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded (plus the amount of expenses incurred in connection therewith), except to the extent that
any such excess principal amount (or accreted value, as applicable) would be then permitted to be incurred by other provisions
of Section 4.10;

 

(2)            such
Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date no earlier than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average
Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced,
renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded; and

 

(3)            if
the Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded is subordinated in right of payment to the
Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness has a final maturity date later than the final maturity date of, and is subordinated
in right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to Holders as those contained in the documentation governing the
Indebtedness being extended, refinanced, renewed, replaced, defeased or refunded.

 

“Person” means any individual,
corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization,
government or agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

 

“Preferred Stock,” as
applied to the Capital Stock of any Person, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which, by its terms,
is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation
or dissolution of such Person, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

 

    -23-

     

    

 

“Private Placement Legend”
means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(i)(A) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture
except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

“Productive Assets” means
assets (including assets of a referent Person owned directly or indirectly through ownership of Capital Stock) of a kind used or
useful in the Cable Related Business.

 

“Qualified Capital Stock”
means any Capital Stock that is not Disqualified Stock.

 

“Rating Agencies” means
(i) each of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch Ratings Ltd. and (ii) if any of Moody’s, S&P or Fitch Ratings
Ltd. ceases to rate the Notes or fails to make a rating of the Notes publicly available for reasons outside the Company’s
control, a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” within the meaning of Rule 15c3-1(c)(2)(vi)(F) under
the Exchange Act, as amended, selected by the Company (as certified by a resolution of the Company’s Board of Directors)
as a replacement agency for Moody’s, S&P, Fitch Ratings Ltd. or each of them, as the case may be.

 

“Ratings Decline Period”
means the period that (i) begins on the earlier of (a) the date of the first public announcement of the occurrence of
a Change of Control and (b) the occurrence of a Change of Control and (ii) ends 90 days following consummation of such
Change of Control; provided that such period shall be extended for so long as the rating of the Notes, as noted by the applicable
Rating Agency, is under publicly announced consideration for downgrade by the applicable Rating Agency.

 

“Ratings Event” means
a downgrade by one or more gradations (including gradations within ratings categories as well as between rating categories) or
withdrawal of the rating of the Notes within the Ratings Decline Period by two or more Rating Agencies (unless the applicable Rating
Agency shall have put forth a written statement to the effect that such downgrade is not attributable in whole or in part to the
applicable Change of Control) following which (except in the case of a withdrawal of a rating) the rating of the Notes by each
such Rating Agency is below such Rating Agency’s rating of the Notes on the Issue Date.

 

“Reference Period” has
the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Leverage Ratio.”

 

“Register” means a register
in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuers shall provide for the registration of the Notes
and of transfers and exchanges of such Notes which the Issuers shall cause to be kept at the appropriate office of the Registrar
in accordance with Section 2.03.

 

“Registration Rights Agreement”
means (1) with respect to the Notes issued on the Issue Date, the Registration Rights Agreement, to be dated the Issue Date,
among the Issuers and the Initial Purchasers with respect to such Notes and (2) with respect to any Additional Notes, any
registration rights agreement between the Issuers and the other parties thereto relating to the registration by the Issuers of
such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

 

    -24-

     

    

 

“Regulation S Global Note”
means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend, the Private Placement
Legend and the Regulation S Legend deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee
that will be issued in an initial denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of any Additional Notes initially sold
in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S.

 

“Regulation S Legend”
means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(iii) which is required to be placed on all Regulation S Global Notes issued
under this Supplemental Indenture.

 

“Restricted Investment”
means an Investment other than a Permitted Investment.

 

“Restricted Subsidiary”
of a Person means any Subsidiary of the referent Person that is not an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

“Rule 144A Global Note”
means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the Global Note Legend and the Private Placement
Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the Depositary or its nominee that will be issued in
an initial denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of any Additional Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 144A.

 

“S&P” means S&P
Global Ratings or any successor to the rating agency business thereof.

 

“Screened Affiliate”
means any Affiliate of a Holder (i) that makes investment decisions independently from such Holder and any other Affiliate
of such Holder that is not a Screened Affiliate, (ii) that has in place customary information screens between it and such
Holder and any other Affiliate of such Holder that is not a Screened Affiliate and such screens prohibit the sharing of information
with respect to the Issuers or their Subsidiaries, (iii) whose investment policies are not directed by such Holder or any
other Affiliate of such Holder that is acting in concert with such Holder in connection with its investment in the Notes, and (iv) whose
investment decisions are not influenced by the investment decisions of such Holder or any other Affiliate of such Holder that is
acting in concert with such Holder in connection with its investment in the Notes.

 

“Shelf Registration Statement”
means a “shelf” registration statement providing for the registration and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis
of any Notes as may be provided in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Short Derivative Instrument”
means a Derivative Instrument (i) the value of which generally decreases, and/or the payment or delivery obligations under
which generally increase, with positive changes to the Performance References and/or (ii) the value of which generally increases,
and/or the payment or delivery obligations under which generally decrease, with negative changes to the Performance References.

 

    -25-

     

    

 

“Significant
Subsidiary” means (a) with respect to any Person, any Restricted Subsidiary of such Person which accounted for
more than 10% of (i) the consolidated assets of such Person as of the last day of such Person’s most recently
completed fiscal year or (ii) the Consolidated EBITDA of such Person for such Person’s most recently completed
fiscal year and (b) in addition, with respect to the Company, Capital Corp.

 

“Special Interest” means
all additional interest owing on the Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Stated Maturity” means,
with respect to any installment of interest or principal on any series of Indebtedness, the date on which such payment of interest
or principal was scheduled to be paid in the documentation governing such Indebtedness on the Issue Date, or, if none, the original
documentation governing such Indebtedness, and shall not include any contingent obligations to repay, redeem or repurchase any
such interest or principal prior to the date originally scheduled for the payment thereof.

 

“Subsidiary” means, with
respect to any Person:

 

(1)          any
corporation, association or other business entity (A) of which at least 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital
Stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees
thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of
that Person (or a combination thereof) and (B) in the case of any such entity of which 50% of the total voting power of shares
of Capital Stock is so owned or controlled by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person, such Person
and its Subsidiaries also have the right to control the management of such entity pursuant to contract or otherwise; and

 

(2)          any
partnership:

 

(a)            the
sole general partner or the managing general partner of which is such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person, or

 

(b)            the
only general partners of which are such Person or of one or more Subsidiaries of such Person (or any combination thereof).

 

To the extent an entity satisfies clause
(1)(A) above and the referent Person owns no more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock of such entity,
the Issuers may:

 

(i)           elect
to designate such entity as a “Subsidiary”; provided that, unless such entity is designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary
in compliance with this Indenture, such designation shall be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary
of any outstanding Indebtedness of such entity and such designation shall only be permitted if:

 

(1)          such
Indebtedness is not prohibited by Section 4.10, calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the
beginning of the applicable reference period; and

 

    -26-

     

    

 

 

(2)           no
Default or Event of Default would be in existence immediately following such designation;

 

and

 

(ii)           may
subsequently elect that such entity is not a “Subsidiary,” so long as such designation is not prohibited by Section 4.08.

 

For purposes of designating such an entity as not being a Subsidiary:

 

(1)           the
term “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to CCO Holdings’ equity interest in such entity to
be designated as not being a Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such entity at the time that such entity
is designated as not being a Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation of such entity as a Subsidiary where the
Investment of such Subsidiary is then a Permitted Investment, CCO Holdings will be deemed to continue to have an “Investment”
in a Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (a) CCO Holdings’ Investment in
such entity at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate to the Issuer’s equity interest in
such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as conclusively determined by the Board of Directors of CCO Holdings
in good faith) of such entity at the time that such entity is so re-designated a Subsidiary; and

 

(2)           any
property transferred to or from the entity that has been designated as not being a Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market
value at the time of such transfer, in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Issuer.

 

Any designation of such an entity as not
being a Subsidiary of CCO Holdings shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the board
resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with
the preceding conditions and was not prohibited by Section 4.08.

 

“Supplemental Indenture”
has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Supplemental Indenture.

 

“Total Assets” means
the total assets of the Issuers and their Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance
sheet of the Issuers.

 

“Total Leverage Excess Proceeds”
has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Applicable Percentage.”

 

“Treasury Rate”
means, the weekly average rounded to the nearest 1/100th of a percentage point (for the most recently completed week for
which such information is available as of the date that is two business days prior to the redemption date) of the yield to
maturity of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the Federal Reserve
Statistical Release H.15 with respect to each applicable day during such week (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer
published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from the applicable
redemption date to July 1, 2025, provided, however, that if the period from the applicable redemption date
is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which such a yield is given, the Treasury Rate
shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of
United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given except that if the period from the applicable redemption
date to July 1, 2025 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actively traded United States Treasury
Securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

 

    -27-

     

    

 

“Unrestricted Global Note”
means a permanent Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend
and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with
or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing the Initial Notes or any Additional Notes that do not
bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

“Unrestricted Subsidiary”
means (x) any Subsidiary of the Company that is designated by the Board of Directors of the Company or Charter as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary pursuant to a board resolution, but only to the extent that such Subsidiary at the time of designation:

 

(1)           except
to the extent not prohibited by Section 4.13, is not party to any agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding with
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary unless the terms of any such agreement, contract, arrangement or understanding are no
less favorable to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons who are
not Affiliates of the Company unless such terms constitute Investments permitted under Section 4.08 and Permitted Investments
or Asset Sales permitted under Section 4.11; and

 

(2)           does
not own any Capital Stock of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company; and

 

(y)          any
Subsidiary of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

Any designation of a Subsidiary of the
Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be evidenced to the Trustee by filing with the Trustee a certified copy of the board
resolution giving effect to such designation and an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such designation complied with
the preceding conditions and was permitted by Section 4.08. The Board of Directors of the Company or Charter may at any time
designate any Unrestricted Subsidiary to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such designation shall be deemed to
be an incurrence of Indebtedness by a Restricted Subsidiary of any outstanding Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary and
such designation shall only be permitted if:

 

(1)           such
Indebtedness is permitted under Section 4.10 calculated on a pro forma basis as if such designation had occurred at the beginning
of the applicable reference period; and

 

(2)           no
Default or Event of Default would be in existence immediately following such designation.

 

    -28-

     

    

 

For purposes of designating a Restricted
Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary:

 

(1)           the
term “Investment” will include the portion (proportionate to the Company’s equity interest in a Restricted Subsidiary
to be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets of such Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company at the time that such Restricted Subsidiary is designated an Unrestricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that upon a redesignation
of such Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary where the Investment of such Subsidiary is then a Permitted Investment, the Company
will be deemed to continue to have an “Investment” in an Unrestricted Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal
to (a) the Company’s Investment in such Subsidiary at the time of such redesignation less (b) the portion (proportionate
to the Company’s equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of the net assets (as conclusively determined
by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith) of such Subsidiary at the time that such Subsidiary is so re-designated
a Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(2)           any
property transferred to or from an Unrestricted Subsidiary will be valued at its fair market value at the time of such transfer,
in each case as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

“Voting Stock” of any
Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board
of directors or comparable governing body of such Person.

 

“Weighted Average Life to Maturity”
means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing:

 

(1)           the
sum of the products obtained by multiplying (a) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity
or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (b) the number of years
(calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by

 

(2)           the
then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

 

“Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary”
of any Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding common equity interests or other ownership interests
of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) shall at the time be owned by such Person and/or by one or more Wholly
Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

    -29-

     

    

 

Section 1.02          Other
Definitions.

 

	Term	 	Defined

in Section	 
	“Affiliate Transaction”	 	 	4.13	 
	“Asset Sale Offer”	 	 	3.09	 
	“Authentication Order”	 	 	2.02	 
	“Change of Control Offer”	 	 	4.16	 
	“Change of Control Payment”	 	 	4.16	 
	“Change of Control Payment Date”	 	 	4.16	 
	“Covenant Defeasance”	 	 	8.03	 
	“Default Direction”	 	 	6.01	 
	“Directing Holder”	 	 	6.01	 
	“DTC”	 	 	2.03	 
	“Excess Proceeds”	 	 	4.11	 
	“Guaranteed Indebtedness”	 	 	4.17	 
	“incur”	 	 	4.10	 
	“Legal Defeasance”	 	 	8.02	 
	“Noteholder Direction”	 	 	6.01	 
	“Offer Amount”	 	 	3.09	 
	“Offer Period”	 	 	3.09	 
	“Paying Agent”	 	 	2.03	 
	“Permitted Debt”	 	 	4.10	 
	“Position Representation”	 	 	6.01	 
	“Purchase Date”	 	 	3.09	 
	“Registrar”	 	 	2.03	 
	“Restricted Payments”	 	 	4.07	 
	“Subsidiary Guarantee”	 	 	4.17	 
	“Verification Covenant”	 	 	6.01	 

 

Article 2

 

THE NOTES

 

With respect to the Notes only, Article 2
of the Base Indenture is hereby replaced with the following:

 

Section 2.01          Form and
Dating.

 

(a)           General.
The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.
The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage or this Supplemental
Indenture. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in minimum denominations of $2,000 and
integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the
Notes shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Supplemental Indenture and the Issuers and the Trustee,
by their execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.
However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, the provisions
of this Supplemental Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

(b)           Global
Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A (including the Global Note
Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Notes issued in
definitive form shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A (without the Global Note Legend thereon and without
the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such
outstanding Notes as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate principal amount
of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented
thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of
a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes represented
thereby shall be made by the Trustee or the custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with instructions given
by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.06.

 

    -30-

     

    

 

(c)           Form of
Initial Notes, Etc. All Initial Notes issued on the Issue Date are being or will be offered and sold by the Initial Purchasers
only (i) to QIBs (in which case they will be evidenced by one or more Rule 144A Global Notes) or (ii) in reliance
on Regulation S under the Securities Act (in which case they will be evidenced by one or more Regulation S Global Notes).

 

(d)           Euroclear
and Clearstream Procedures Applicable. The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and
 “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream”
and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream (or, in each case, equivalent documents setting forth the procedures of Euroclear
and Clearstream) shall be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in Regulation S Global Notes that are held by Participants
through Euroclear or Clearstream.

 

Section 2.02          Execution
and Authentication.

 

Two Officers shall sign the Notes for each
Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

 

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note
no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid.

 

A Note shall not be valid until authenticated
by the manual or electronic signature (which may be by facsimile) of the Trustee. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that
the Note has been authenticated under this Supplemental Indenture.

 

At any time and from time to time after
the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture, the Issuers may deliver Notes executed by the Issuers to the Trustee
for authentication; and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver (i) Initial Notes for original issue in the aggregate
principal amount of $1,500,000,000, (ii) Additional Notes from time to time for original issue in aggregate principal amount
specified by the Issuers and (iii) Exchange Notes from time to time for issue in exchange for a like principal amount of
Initial Notes or Additional Notes, in each case specified in clauses (i) through (iii) above, upon a written order of
the Issuers signed by an Officer of each Issuer (an “Authentication Order”). Such Authentication Order shall
specify the amount of Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, whether such Notes are
to be Initial Notes, Additional Notes or Exchange Notes and whether the Notes are to be issued as one or more Global Notes and
such other information as the Issuers may include or the Trustee may reasonably request. The aggregate principal amount of Notes
which may be authenticated and delivered under this Supplemental Indenture is unlimited.

 

    -31-

     

    

 

On the Issue Date, the Issuers will issue
Initial Notes in $1,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount in the form of one or more Rule 144A Global Notes and/or one or
more Regulation S Global Notes, as provided in Section 2.01(c). Any Notes offered and sold in reliance on the exemption from
registration under the Securities Act provided by Section 4(a)(2) thereunder or Rule 144A shall be issued as one
or more Rule 144A Global Notes. Any Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S shall be
issued as one or more Regulation S Global Notes.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating
agent acceptable to the Issuers to authenticate Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may
do so. Each reference in this Supplemental Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An
authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuers.

 

Section 2.03          Registrar
and Paying Agent.

 

The Issuers shall maintain an office
or agency in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for
exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (“Paying
Agent”). Until otherwise designated by the Issuers, the Issuers’ office or agency in New York shall be the
office of the Trustee maintained for such purpose. The Registrar shall keep the Register of the Notes and of their transfer
and exchange. The Issuers may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term
 “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any
additional paying agent. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Registrar or
Paying Agent may resign at any time upon not less than 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the Issuers. The
Issuers shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Supplemental Indenture. The
Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Supplemental Indenture.
The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

The Issuers initially appoint The Depository
Trust Company (“DTC”) to act as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

 

The Issuers initially appoint the Trustee
to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as custodian with respect to the Global Notes.

 

Section 2.04          Paying Agent to Hold Money in Trust.

 

Principal of, premium, if any, and interest
(including Special Interest, if any) on the Notes will be payable at the office of the Paying Agent or, at the option of the Issuers,
payment of interest (including Special Interest, if any) may be made by check mailed to Holders at their respective addresses
set forth in the Register; provided, all payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Special Interest,
if any) with respect to the Notes represented by one or more Global Notes registered in the name or held by the Depositary shall
be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to accounts specified by the Holder prior to 10:00 a.m., New York time,
on each due date of the principal and interest on any Note. The Issuers shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee
to agree in writing that the Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the
Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest (including Special Interest, if any) on the Notes, and
shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuers in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee
may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuers at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay
all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than an Issuer or a Subsidiary)
shall have no further liability for the money. If an Issuer or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and hold
in a separate trust fund for the benefit of Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization
proceedings relating to the Issuers, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

 

    -32-

     

    

 

Section 2.05          Holder
Lists.

 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current
a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee
is not the Registrar, the Issuers shall furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date
and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably
require of the names and addresses of Holders.

 

Section 2.06          Transfer
and Exchange.

 

(a)           Transfer
and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the
Depositary, by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the Depositary, or by the Depositary or
any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes shall be exchanged by the
Issuers for Definitive Notes if:

 

(i)            the
Issuers deliver to the Trustee notice from the Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Depositary or that
it is no longer a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and, in either case, a successor Depositary is not appointed
by the Issuers within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Depositary;

 

(ii)           the
Issuers in their sole discretion determines that the Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive
Notes and deliver a written notice to such effect to the Trustee; or

 

(iii)          there
shall have occurred and be continuing a Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes.

 

Upon the occurrence of any of the preceding
events in (i), (ii) or (iii) above, Definitive Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct
the Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part, as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10. Every
Note authenticated and delivered in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant to this Section 2.06
or Section 2.07 or 2.10, shall be authenticated and delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note
may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); however, beneficial interests in a
Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c) or (f).

 

    -33-

     

    

 

(b)           Transfer
and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global
Notes shall be effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture and the Applicable
Procedures. Beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set
forth herein to the extent required by the Securities Act. Prior to the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period
set forth in Regulation S, beneficial interests in any Regulation S Global Notes may be held only through Euroclear or Clearstream
unless transferred in accordance with Section 2.06(b)(iii)(A). Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also
shall require compliance with either subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other
following subparagraphs, as applicable:

 

(i)            Transfer
of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to
Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with
the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may
be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described
in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

 

(ii)           All
Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial
interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver
to the Registrar either:

 

(A)           a
written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
directing the Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to
the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and

 

(B)           instructions
given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with
such increase; or

 

(C)           a
written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures
directing the Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred
or exchanged; and

 

(D)           instructions
given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall
be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (A) above.

 

    -34-

     

    

 

Upon consummation of an Exchange Offer
by the Issuers in accordance with Section 2.06(f), the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed
to have been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in the Letter of Transmittal delivered by the
Holder of such beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer
or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Supplemental Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable
under the Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h).

 

(iii)          Transfer
of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note. A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred
to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer
complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)           if
the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor
must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
and

 

(B)            if
the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must
deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof.

 

(iv)         Transfer
and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note.
A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any Holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(ii) above and:

 

(A)           such
exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder
of the beneficial interest to be transferred, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies
in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution
of the relevant Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers;

 

(B)           such
transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)            such
transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)            such
exchange or transfer is effected after the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S and
the Registrar receives the following:

 

    -35-

     

    

 

(1)            if
the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including
the certifications in item (1)(i) thereof; or

 

(2)            if
the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder
in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D),
if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to
the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions
on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act.

 

If any such transfer is effected pursuant
to subparagraph (B) or (D) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall
issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or
more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests
transferred pursuant to subparagraph (B) or (D) above.

 

Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted
Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest
in a Restricted Global Note.

 

(c)            Transfer
or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

 

(i)            Beneficial
Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. If any Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest
to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the
following documentation:

 

(A)           if
the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted
Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item
(2)(i) thereof (provided that any such beneficial interest in Regulation S Global Note shall not be so exchangeable
until after the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S);

 

(B)           if
such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate
to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)            if
such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903
or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

    -36-

     

    

 

(D)           if
such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act
in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (3)(i) thereof;

 

(E)            if
such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above, a certificate to
the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion of Counsel required
by item (3)(iv) thereof, if applicable;

 

(F)            if
such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Issuers, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (3)(ii) thereof; or

 

(G)            if
such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, a certificate
to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(iii) thereof,

 

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the
applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h), and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount.
Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall
be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest
shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee
shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in
exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall bear the Private
Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.

 

(ii)           Beneficial
Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person
who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

 

(A)           such
exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder
of such beneficial interest, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable
Letter of Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the relevant
Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers;

 

    -37-

     

    

 

(B)           such
transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)           such
transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)           such
exchange or transfer is effected after the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S and
the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)            if
the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a
Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C
hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(ii) thereof; or

 

(2)            if
the Holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who
shall take delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement Legend, a certificate from
such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D),
if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to
the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions
on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act.

 

(iii)          Beneficial
Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. If any Holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person
who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii),
the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h),
and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Definitive
Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall
be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the Holder of such beneficial interest
shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee
shall deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Definitive Note issued in
exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

    -38-

     

    

 

(d)           Transfer
and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in Global Notes.

 

(i)            Restricted
Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes
to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to
a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the
Registrar of the following documentation:

 

(A)           if
the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(ii) thereof;

 

(B)            if
such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate
to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(C)            if
such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non- U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903
or Rule 904 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (2) thereof;

 

(D)            if
such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities
Act in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(i) thereof;

 

(E)            if
such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from
the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B) through (D) above,
a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion
of Counsel required by item (3)(iv) thereof, if applicable;

 

(F)            if
such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set
forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(ii) thereof; or

 

(G)            if
such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act,
a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(iii) thereof,

 

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase
or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of subparagraph (A) above, the appropriate Restricted
Global Note, in the case of subparagraph (B) above, the Rule 144A Global Note or, in the case of subparagraph (C) above,
the Regulation S Global Note.

 

(ii)           Restricted
Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange
such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

 

    -39-

     

    

 

(A)           such
exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the
Holder, in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of
Transmittal that it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the
relevant Exchange Notes or (3) a Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers;

 

(B)           such
transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(C)           such
transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)            such
exchange or transfer is effected after the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S and
the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)            if
the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note,
a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(iii) thereof;
or

 

(2)            if
the Holder of such Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of
a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D),
if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to
the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions
on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act.

 

Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs
in this Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Definitive Notes and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate
principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

 

(iii)         Unrestricted
Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange
such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an
exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased
the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global Notes.

 

    -40-

     

    

 

If any such exchange or transfer from
a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (ii)(B), (ii)(D) or (iii) above at
a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuers shall issue and, upon receipt of an
Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global
Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.

 

(e)           Transfer
and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s
compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer or exchange of Definitive
Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the
Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly
executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder shall provide any additional
certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e):

 

(i)            Restricted
Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the
name of Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:

 

(A)           if
the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate
in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

 

(B)           if
the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form
of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and

 

(C)            if
the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, then the transferor
must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications, certificates and Opinion
of Counsel required by item (3) thereof, if applicable.

 

(ii)           Restricted
Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for
an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note if:

 

(A)           such
exchange or transfer is effected pursuant to an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Holder,
in the case of an exchange, or the transferee, in the case of a transfer, certifies in the applicable Letter of Transmittal that
it is not (1) a broker-dealer, (2) a Person participating in the distribution of the relevant Exchange Notes or (3) a
Person who is an affiliate (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers;

 

    -41-

     

    

 

(B)           any
such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights
Agreement;

 

(C)           any
such transfer is effected by a broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer Registration Statement in accordance with the Registration
Rights Agreement; or

 

(D)           such
exchange or transfer is effected after the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance period set forth in Regulation S and
the Registrar receives the following:

 

(1)            if
the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate
from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(iv) thereof; or

 

(2)            if
the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in
the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including
the certifications in item (4) thereof;

 

and, in each such case set forth
in this subparagraph (D), if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to
the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained
herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

 

(iii)            Unrestricted
Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a
transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.

 

(f)            Exchange
Offer. Upon the occurrence of an Exchange Offer in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers shall issue
and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate (i) one
or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in
the Restricted Global Notes tendered for acceptance by Persons that certify in the applicable Letters of Transmittal that (x) they
are not broker-dealers, (y) they are not participating in a distribution of the relevant Exchange Notes and (z) they
are not affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Issuers, and accepted for exchange in the relevant Exchange Offer and
(ii) Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Restricted Definitive Notes accepted
for exchange in the relevant Exchange Offer. Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Trustee shall cause the aggregate
principal amount of the applicable Restricted Global Notes to be reduced accordingly, and the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Definitive Notes so accepted Definitive Notes in the
appropriate principal amount.

 

    -42-

     

    

 

(g)           Legends.
The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Supplemental Indenture
unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Supplemental Indenture:

 

(i)            Private
Placement Legend.

 

(A)           Except
as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Restricted Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange
therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR)
EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY
IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES
ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUERS THAT (A) SUCH
SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (I) (A) TO A PERSON WHO IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (B) IN A
TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON
IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (D) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION
FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUERS SO REQUEST), (II) TO
THE ISSUERS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE SUBSIDIARIES, OR (III) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN
EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION,
AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY
OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION
PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY.

 

    -43-

     

    

 

(B)           Notwithstanding
the foregoing, any Initial Note and any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii),
(d)(ii), (d)(iii), (e)(ii), (e)(iii) or (f) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or
substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

(ii)          Global
Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY
THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE
BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE
SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL
NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE,
(3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE
ISSUERS. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED
EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER
NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.
UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET, NEW YORK,
NEW YORK 10004) (“DTC”), TO EACH ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE
ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE
OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED
OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

(iii)          Regulation
S Legend. Each Regulation S Global Note should bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR)
WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION ORIGINALLY EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE
 “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY
U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND ALL APPLICABLE
STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.

 

    -44-

     

    

 

(h)           Cancellation
and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged
for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such
Global Note shall be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11. At any time prior
to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented
by such Global Note shall be reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the
Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or
transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other
Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary
at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.

 

(i)            General
Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

 

(i)           To
permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuers shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and
Definitive Notes upon the Issuers’ order or at the Registrar’s request.

 

(ii)          No
service charge shall be made to a Holder of a beneficial interest in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuers may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar
governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable
upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.09, 4.11 and 4.16 hereof and Section 9.05 of the Base Indenture).

 

(iii)         The
Registrar shall not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part,
except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.

 

(iv)         All
Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall
be the valid obligations of the Issuers, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Supplemental Indenture,
as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

 

    -45-

     

    

 

(v)          The
Issuers shall not be required to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding
interest payment date.

 

(vi)          Prior
to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuers may deem and treat
the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving
payment of principal of and interest (including Special Interest, if any) on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none
of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuers shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(vii)        The
Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02.

 

(viii)       All
certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06
to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.

 

(ix)          Each
Holder of a Note agrees to indemnify the Issuers and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange
or assignment of such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Supplemental Indenture and/or applicable United
States Federal or state securities law.

 

(x)           The
Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed
under this Supplemental Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including
any transfers between or among Depositary Participants or Beneficial Owners of interests in any Global Note) other than to require
delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly
required by the terms of, this Supplemental Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form
with the express requirements hereof.

 

(xi)          Neither
the Trustee nor any Agent shall have any responsibility for any actions taken or not taken by the Depositary.

 

(xii)         Notwithstanding
anything contained herein, any transfers, replacements or exchanges of Notes, including as contemplated in this Article 2,
shall not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness.

 

Section 2.07          Replacement
Notes.

 

If any mutilated Note is surrendered to
the Trustee or the Issuers and the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note,
the Issuers shall issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate a replacement Note if the
Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuers, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder
that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuers to protect the Issuers, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating
agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuers may charge for their expenses in replacing
a Note.

 

    -46-

     

    

 

Every replacement Note is an additional
legally binding obligation of the Issuers and shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Supplemental Indenture equally
and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

 

Section 2.08          Outstanding
Notes.

 

The Notes outstanding at any time are all
the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions
in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture, and
those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding. Except as set forth in Section 2.09, a Note does not cease
to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Note.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07,
it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide
purchaser.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is
considered paid under Section 4.01 of the Base Indenture, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 

If the Paying Agent (other than an Issuer,
a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay Notes payable
on that date, then on and after that date such Notes shall be deemed to be no longer outstanding and shall cease to accrue interest.

 

Section 2.09          Treasury
Notes.

 

In determining whether the Holders of the
required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuers, or by any Person
directly or indirectly controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Issuers, shall be considered as though
not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction,
waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee knows are so owned shall be so disregarded.

 

Section 2.10          Temporary
Notes.

 

Until certificates representing Notes are
ready for delivery, the Issuers may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall authenticate temporary
Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuers consider
appropriate for temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuers
shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.

 

Holders of temporary Notes shall be entitled
to all of the benefits of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

    -47-

     

    

 

Section 2.11          Cancellation.

 

The Issuers at any time may deliver Notes
to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent shall forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for
registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration
of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall dispose of such canceled Notes in its customary manner.
The Issuers may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that they have paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.

 

Section 2.12          Defaulted
Interest.

 

If the Issuers default in a payment of
interest (including Special Interest, if any) on the Notes, the Issuers shall pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner
plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, which interest on defaulted interest shall accrue until
the defaulted interest is deemed paid hereunder, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special record date, in each case
at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 of the Base Indenture. The Issuers shall notify the Trustee in writing
of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment. The Issuers shall fix
or cause to be fixed each such special record date and payment date; provided that no such special record date shall be
less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special record date,
the Issuers (or, upon the written request of the Issuers, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuers) shall mail
or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special record date, the related payment date and the amount of such
interest to be paid.

 

Section 2.13          CUSIP
Numbers.

 

The Issuers in issuing the Notes may use
 “CUSIP” numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use “CUSIP” numbers in notices
of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to
the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of a redemption and that reliance
may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any such redemption shall not be affected by
any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Issuers will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the “CUSIP”
numbers.

 

Article 3

 

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

 

With respect to the Notes only, Article 3
of the Base Indenture is hereby replaced with the following:

 

Section 3.01          Notices
to Trustee.

 

If the Issuers elect to redeem Notes pursuant
to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07, it shall furnish to the Trustee, at least 10 days but not more than
60 days before a redemption date, an Officers’ Certificate setting forth (i) the clause of this Supplemental Indenture
pursuant to which the redemption shall occur, (ii) the redemption date, (iii) the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed
and (iv) the redemption price.

 

    -48-

     

    

 

Section 3.02          Selection
of Notes to Be Redeemed.

 

If less than all of the Notes are to be
redeemed at any time, the Trustee shall select the Notes for redemption, on a pro rata basis, by lot or in accordance with
any other method as the Trustee shall deem appropriate, or if the Notes are held in global form, the Notes shall be selected for
redemption by the Depositary in accordance with its applicable procedures.

 

In the event of partial redemption by lot,
the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 10 nor more than 60 days
prior to the redemption date by the Trustee from the outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption.

 

The Trustee shall promptly notify the Issuers
in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption, the principal amount
thereof to be redeemed. Notes and portions of Notes selected shall be in amounts of $2,000 or whole multiples of $1,000 in excess
thereof; except that if all of a Holder’s Notes are to be redeemed, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such
Holder, even if not a multiple of $1,000, shall be redeemed. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this
Supplemental Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption.

 

Section 3.03          Notice
of Redemption.

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.09,
at least 10 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuers shall transmit or cause to be transmitted, a
notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address.

 

The notice shall identify the Notes to
be redeemed and shall state:

 

(a)           the
redemption date;

 

(b)           the
redemption price;

 

(c)            if
any Note is being redeemed in part only, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption
date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion shall be issued upon
cancellation of the original Note;

 

(d)           the
name and address of the Paying Agent;

 

(e)           that
Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;

 

(f)            that,
unless the Issuers default in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption and redeemed ceases to accrue
on and after the redemption date;

 

    -49-

     

    

 

(g)           the
paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are
being redeemed;

 

(h)           that
no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the
Notes; and

 

(i)            any
conditions to the Issuers’ obligations to redeem the Notes as contemplated by Section 3.04.

 

At the Issuers’ request, the Trustee
shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuers’ name and at its expense; provided, however, that the Issuers
shall have delivered to the Trustee, at least 5 days prior to the notice date (or such shorter period as to which the Trustee
may agree in its sole discretion), an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth
the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.

 

Section 3.04          Effect
of Notice of Redemption.

 

Once notice of redemption is transmitted
in accordance with Section 3.03, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at
the redemption price; provided that any redemption or notice of any redemption may, at the Issuers’ discretion, be
given prior to the completion of a transaction or event (including an Equity Offering, other offering, issuance of Indebtedness,
Change of Control or other transaction or event) and any redemption notice (including the amount of Notes redeemed and conditions
precedent applicable to different amounts of Notes redeemed) may, in the Issuers’ discretion, be subject to one or more
conditions precedent, including, but not limited to, completion of the related transaction or event. Any such redemption may be
partial as a result of only some of the conditions being satisfied.

 

If such redemption or notice is subject
to satisfaction of one or more conditions precedent, such notice shall state that, in the Issuers’ discretion, the redemption
date may be delayed until such time (including more than 60 days after the date the notice of redemption was mailed or delivered,
including by electronic transmission) as any or all such conditions shall be satisfied (or waived by the Issuers in their sole
discretion), or such redemption may not occur and such notice may be rescinded in the event that any or all such conditions shall
not have been satisfied (or waived by the Issuers in their sole discretion) by the redemption date, or by the redemption date
so delayed. In addition, the Issuers may provide in such notice that payment of the redemption price and performance of the Issuers’
obligations with respect to such redemption may be performed by another Person.

 

Section 3.05          Deposit
of Redemption Price.

 

At or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City
time, on the redemption date, the Issuers shall deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the
redemption price of and accrued interest (including Special Interest, if any) on all Notes to be redeemed on that date. The Trustee
or the Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuers any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuers
in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption price of, and accrued interest (including Special Interest, if any) on,
all Notes to be redeemed.

 

    -50-

     

    

 

If the Issuers comply with the provisions
of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption date, interest shall cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes
called for redemption. If a Note is redeemed on or after an interest record date but on or prior to the related interest payment
date, then any accrued and unpaid interest (including Special Interest, if any) shall be paid to the Person in whose name such
Note was registered at the close of business on such record date. If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon
surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuers to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest (including Special
Interest, if any) shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption date until such principal is paid, and to the extent
lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01
of the Base Indenture.

 

Section 3.06          Notes
Redeemed in Part.

 

No Notes of $2,000 principal amount or
less shall be redeemed in part. Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuers shall issue and, upon the Issuers’
written request, the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuers a new Note equal in principal amount
to the unredeemed portion of the Note surrendered.

 

Section 3.07          Optional
Redemption.

 

(a)           Except
as set forth in Sections 3.07(b), (c) and (d), the Issuers shall not have the option to redeem the Notes pursuant to this
Section 3.07 prior to July 1, 2025. The Issuers shall have the option to redeem the Notes, from and after July 1,
2025, in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages
of principal amount of the Notes) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon and Special Interest, if any, to the
applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve month period beginning on July 1 of the years indicated below:

 

	Year	 	Percentage	 
	2025	 	102.125	%
	2026	 	101.417	%
	2027	 	100.708	%
	2028 and thereafter	 	100.000	%

 

(b)           At
any time prior to July 1, 2023, the Issuers may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal
amount of the Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes), at a redemption price of 104.250% of the principal
amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds
of one or more Equity Offerings; provided that:

 

(i)            at
least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes) issued
under this Supplemental Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption, unless all such Notes
are redeemed substantially concurrently; and

 

    -51-

     

    

 

(ii)           the
redemption must occur within 180 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

 

(c)           At
any time and from time to time prior to July 1, 2025, the Issuers may redeem outstanding Notes, in whole or in part, at a
redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if
any, on such Notes to the redemption date plus the Make-Whole Premium. The Trustee shall have no responsibility for calculating
the Make-Whole Premium.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding
the foregoing, in connection with any tender offer for the Notes, including a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, if
Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such
Notes in such tender offer and the Issuers, or any third party making a such tender offer in lieu of the Issuers, purchases
all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuers or such third party will have the right upon
not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase date, to
redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price equal to the price offered to each
other Holder in such tender offer plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, thereon, to, but not including, the date of such redemption.

 

Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07
shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3.01 through 3.06.

 

Section 3.08          Mandatory
Redemption.

 

Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.11
or Section 4.16 below, the Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments with respect to the Notes.

 

Section 3.09          Offer
to Purchase by Application of Excess Proceeds.

 

In the event that the Issuers shall be
required to commence an offer to all Holders to purchase Notes pursuant to Section 4.11 (an “Asset Sale Offer”),
they shall follow the procedures specified below.

 

The Asset Sale Offer shall remain open
for a period of 20 Business Days following its commencement and no longer, except to the extent that a longer period is required
by applicable law (the “Offer Period”). No later than five Business Days after the termination of the Offer
Period (the “Purchase Date”), the Issuers shall purchase the principal amount of Notes required to be purchased
pursuant to Section 4.11 (the “Offer Amount”) or, if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all
Notes tendered in response to the Asset Sale Offer. Payment for any Notes so purchased shall be made in the same manner as interest
payments are made. Unless the Issuers default in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale
Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Purchase Date.

 

If the Purchase Date is on or after an
interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the
Person in whose name a Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no Special Interest shall be payable
to Holders who tender Notes pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer.

 

    -52-

     

    

 

Upon the commencement of an Asset Sale
Offer the Issuers shall send, by first class mail, a notice to the Trustee and each of the Holders, with a copy to the Trustee.
The notice shall contain all instructions and materials necessary to enable such Holders to tender Notes pursuant to the Asset
Sale Offer. The Asset Sale Offer shall be made to all Holders. The notice, which shall govern the terms of the Asset Sale Offer,
shall state:

 

(a)           that
the Asset Sale Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 3.09 and Section 4.11 and the length of time the Asset Sale
Offer shall remain open;

 

(b)           the
Offer Amount, the purchase price and the Purchase Date;

  

(c)           that
any Note not tendered or accepted for payment shall continue to accrue interest;

 

(d)           that,
unless the Issuers default in making such payment, any Note accepted for payment pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer shall cease
to accrue interest after the Purchase Date;

 

(e)           that
Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to an Asset Sale Offer may elect to have Notes purchased in minimum denominations
of $2,000 and in multiple integrals of $1,000 in excess thereof only;

 

(f)            that
Holders electing to have a Note purchased pursuant to any Asset Sale Offer shall be required to surrender the Note, with the form
entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Note completed, or transfer the Note by book-entry
transfer, to the Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice at least three days before
the Purchase Date;

 

(g)           that
Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent, as the case may be, receives,
not later than the expiration of the Offer Period, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the
principal amount of the Note the Holder delivered for purchase and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to
have such Note purchased;

 

(h)           that,
if the aggregate principal amount of Notes surrendered by Holders exceeds the Offer Amount, the Issuers shall select the Notes
to be purchased on a pro rata basis (with such adjustments as may be deemed appropriate by the Issuers so that only Notes
in minimum denominations of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof, shall be purchased); and

 

(i)            that
Holders whose Notes were purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion
of the Notes surrendered (or transferred by book-entry transfer).

 

    -53-

     

    

 

On or before the Purchase Date, the Issuers
shall, to the extent lawful, accept for payment, on a pro rata basis to the extent necessary, the Offer Amount of Notes
or portions thereof tendered pursuant to the Asset Sale Offer or if less than the Offer Amount has been tendered, all Notes tendered,
and shall deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Notes or portions thereof were accepted for
payment by the Issuers in accordance with the terms of this Section 3.09. The Issuers, the Depositary or the Paying Agent,
as the case may be, shall promptly (but in any case not later than five days after the Purchase Date) mail or deliver to each
tendering Holder an amount equal to the purchase price of the Notes tendered by such Holder and accepted by the Issuers for purchase,
and the Issuers shall promptly issue a new Note, and the Trustee, upon written request from the Issuers, shall authenticate and
mail or deliver such new Note to such Holder, in a principal amount equal to any unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.
Any Note not so accepted shall be promptly mailed or delivered by the Issuers to the Holder thereof. The Issuers shall publicly
announce the results of the Asset Sale Offer on the Purchase Date.

 

Other than as specifically provided in
this Section 3.09, any purchase pursuant to this Section 3.09 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01
through 3.06.

 

Article 4

 

COVENANTS

 

With respect to the Notes only, each Issuer
hereby agrees to expressly subject itself to the provisions of Article 4 of the Base Indenture and the following Sections
4.03 through 4.19 are hereby added to Article 4 of the Base Indenture:

 

Section 4.03          Reports.

 

Whether or not required by the Commission,
so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Issuers shall furnish to Holders and the Trustee, within the time periods specified
in the Commission’s rules and regulations:

 

(1)           all
quarterly and annual financial information that would be required to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q
and 10-K if the Issuers were required to file such forms, including a “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations” section and, with respect to the annual information only, a report on the annual consolidated
financial statements of the Company by its independent public accountants; and

 

(2)           all
current reports that would be required to be filed with the Commission on Form 8-K if the Issuers were required to file such
reports.

 

If the Company has designated any of its
Subsidiaries as Unrestricted Subsidiaries, then the quarterly and annual financial information required by the preceding paragraph
shall include a reasonably detailed presentation, either on the face of the financial statements or in the footnotes thereto,
and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of the financial condition
and results of operations of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries separate from the financial condition and results of
operations of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries of the Company.

 

    -54-

     

    

 

Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary set forth above, for so long as the Issuers are direct or indirect majority-owned Subsidiaries of any Parent (or
other Person which, directly or indirectly, owns a majority of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Issuers, measured by
voting power rather than the number of shares), if such Parent (or such other Person which, directly or indirectly, owns a
majority of the Voting Stock of the Issuers, measured by voting power rather than the number of shares) has furnished Holders
the reports described in the preceding paragraphs with respect to such Parent (or such other Person which, directly or
indirectly, owns a majority of the outstanding Voting Stock of the Issuers, measured by voting power rather than the number
of shares) (including any consolidating financial information required by Regulation S-X relating to the Issuers), the
Issuers shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions of this Section 4.03.

 

Delivery of such reports, information and
documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive
notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuers’ compliance
with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 

Section 4.04          Compliance
Certificate.

 

(a)           The
Issuers shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, an Officers’ Certificate stating
that a review of the activities of the Issuers and their Subsidiaries during the preceding fiscal year have been made under the
supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Issuers have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled
their obligations under this Supplemental Indenture and the Base Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing
such certificate, that to the best of his or her knowledge the Issuers have kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every
covenant contained in this Supplemental Indenture and are not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms,
provisions and conditions of this Supplemental Indenture (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing
all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuers are taking or propose
to take with respect thereto) and that to the best of his or her knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason
of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any (including Special Interest, if any), on the Notes is prohibited
or if such event has occurred, a description of the event and what action the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect
thereto.

 

(b)           The
Issuers shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware
of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action
the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.05          Taxes.

 

The Company shall pay, and shall cause
each of its Subsidiaries to pay, prior to delinquency, all material taxes, assessments, and governmental levies except such as
are contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings or where the failure to effect such payment is not adverse in any material
respect to Holders.

 

    -55-

     

    

 

Section 4.06          Stay,
Extension and Usury Laws.

 

Each of the Issuers covenants (to the extent
that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit
or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the
covenants or the performance of this Supplemental Indenture; and each of the Issuers (to the extent that it may lawfully do so)
hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it shall not, by resort to any such law,
hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but shall suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.07          Restricted
Payments.

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

(a)           declare
or pay any dividend or make any other payment or distribution on account of its or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ Equity
Interests (including, without limitation, any payment in connection with any merger or consolidation involving the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) or to the direct or indirect holders of the Company’s or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’
Equity Interests in their capacity as such (other than dividends or distributions payable (x) solely in Equity Interests
(other than Disqualified Stock) of the Company or (y) in the case of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof);

 

(b)           purchase,
redeem or otherwise acquire or retire for value (including, without limitation, in connection with any merger or consolidation
involving the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) any Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect Parent
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than, in the case of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
any such Equity Interests owned by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries); or

 

(c)           make
any payment on or with respect to, or purchase, redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for value, any Indebtedness of
the Company (other than intercompany Indebtedness among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries that is permitted to be incurred
under this Supplemental Indenture) that is subordinated to the Notes, except a payment of interest or principal at the Stated
Maturity thereof (all such payments and other actions set forth in clauses (a) through (c) above being collectively
referred to as “Restricted Payments”), unless, at the time of and after giving effect to such Restricted Payment:

 

(1)           no
Default or Event of Default under this Indenture shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof;

 

    -56-

    

    

 

(2)            the
Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted Payment
had been made at the beginning of the applicable quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness
pursuant to the Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.10; and

 

(3)            such
Restricted Payment, together with the aggregate amount of all other Restricted Payments made by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries from and after April 1, 2010 (excluding Restricted Payments permitted by clauses (2) through (17) of the
next succeeding paragraph and made on or after April 1, 2010), shall not exceed, at the date of determination, the sum of:

 

(a)            an
amount equal to 100% of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the period beginning on the first day of the fiscal quarter
commencing April 1, 2010 to the end of the Company’s most recently ended full fiscal quarter for which internal financial
statements are available, taken as a single accounting period, less the product of 1.3 times the Consolidated Interest Expense
of the Company for such period, plus

 

(b)           an
amount equal to 100% of Capital Stock Sale Proceeds (reduced for purpose of this clause (b) by (A) any amount of such
Capital Stock Sale Proceeds (i) used in connection with an Investment made on or after the Issue Date pursuant to clause (5) of
the definition of “Permitted Investments,” (ii) applied to make a Restricted Payment pursuant to clause (2) or
sub-clause (y)(2) of clause (9) or clause (14) below, or (iii) relied upon for purposes of incurring Contribution
Indebtedness and (B) the amount of Restricted Payments made pursuant to sub-clause (A)(i), (B) or (C) of clause
(8) and sub-clause (y)(1) of clause (9) below, in each case, by an amount not to exceed the amount of Capital Stock
Sale Proceeds from any Charter Subsidiary Refinancing Indebtedness or Charter Parent Refinancing Indebtedness), plus

 

(c)            $2.0
billion.

 

The preceding provisions shall
not prohibit:

 

(1)            the
payment of any dividend within 60 days after the date of declaration thereof, if at the date of declaration such payment would
have complied with the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture;

 

(2)            the
redemption, repurchase, retirement, defeasance or other acquisition of any subordinated Indebtedness of the Company in exchange
for, or out of the net proceeds of, the substantially concurrent sale (other than to a Subsidiary of the Company) of, Equity Interests
of the Company (other than Disqualified Stock);

 

(3)            the
defeasance, redemption, repurchase or other acquisition of subordinated Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
with the net cash proceeds from an incurrence of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness;

 

(4)            the
payment of any dividend or other distribution, which need not be pro rata, to the extent necessary to permit direct or indirect
Beneficial Owners of shares of Capital Stock of the Company to pay federal, state or local income tax liabilities that would arise
solely from income of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, as the case may be, for the relevant taxable period being
attributable to them;

 

    -57-

     

    

 

(5)            the
payment of any dividend by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company to the holders of its Equity Interests on a pro rata basis;

 

(6)            the
repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value, or the payment of any dividend or distribution to the extent
necessary to permit the repurchase, redemption or other acquisition or retirement for value, of any Equity Interests of the Company
or a Parent of the Company held by any member of the Company’s or such Parent’s management pursuant to any management
equity subscription agreement or stock option agreement entered into in accordance with the policies of the Company or any Parent;
provided that the aggregate price paid for all such repurchased, redeemed, acquired or retired Equity Interests shall not
exceed $50.0 million in any fiscal year of the Issuers;

 

(7)            payment
of fees in connection with any acquisition, merger or similar transaction in an amount that does not exceed an amount equal to
1.25% of the transaction value of such acquisition, merger or similar transaction;

 

(8)            (A) additional
Restricted Payments directly or indirectly to any Parent (i) for the purpose of enabling any Parent to pay interest when due
on Indebtedness under any Charter Parent Refinancing Indebtedness or (ii) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing
and the Company would have been permitted, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto
as if such Restricted Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable quarter period, to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.10, consisting of dividends
or distributions to the extent required to enable any Parent to defease, redeem, repurchase, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise
acquire or retire for value Indebtedness under any Charter Parent Refinancing Indebtedness (including any expenses and fees incurred
by any Parent in connection therewith); (B) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, Restricted Payments used
to defease, redeem, repurchase, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise acquire or retire for value Indebtedness under any Charter
Parent Refinancing Indebtedness or consisting of purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions by the Company or its Restricted
Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under any Charter Parent Refinancing Indebtedness (including any expenses and fees incurred by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith) and the distribution, loan or investment to any Parent of Indebtedness
so purchased, redeemed or acquired; or (C) Restricted Payments for the purpose of enabling any Parent to (i) pay interest
when due on Indebtedness under any Charter Subsidiary Refinancing Indebtedness or (ii) to defease, redeem, repurchase, prepay,
repay, discharge or otherwise acquire or retire for value

Indebtedness under any Charter Subsidiary Refinancing
Indebtedness (including any expenses and fees incurred by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection therewith);

 

    -58-

     

    

 

(9)            Restricted
Payments directly or indirectly to any Parent regardless of whether a Default exists (other than an Event of Default under paragraph
(1), (2), (7) or (8) of Section 6.01), for the purpose of enabling such Person (A) to pay interest on and (B) so
long as the Company would, at the time of such Restricted Payment and after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Restricted
Payment had been made at the beginning of the applicable quarter period, have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional
Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph of Section 4.10 to defease, redeem, repurchase,
prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise acquire or retire, in each case, Indebtedness of such Parent (x) which is not held
by another Parent and (y) to the extent that the net cash proceeds of such Indebtedness are or were used for the (1) payment
of interest or principal (or premium) on any Indebtedness of a Parent (including (A) by way of a tender, redemption or prepayment
of such Indebtedness and (B) amounts set aside to prefund any such payment), (2) direct or indirect (including by way
of a contribution of property and/or assets purchased with such net cash proceeds) Investment in the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries or (3) payment of amounts that would be permitted to be paid by way of a Restricted Payment under clause (10) immediately
below (including the expenses of any exchange transaction);

 

(10)          Restricted
Payments directly or indirectly to any Parent of (A) attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accountants’ fees,
underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary fees and expenses (including any commitment and other fees payable in
connection with Credit Facilities) actually incurred in connection with any issuance, sale or incurrence by such Parent of Equity
Interests or Indebtedness, or any exchange of securities or tender for outstanding debt securities, or (B) the costs and expenses
of any offer to exchange privately placed securities in respect of the foregoing for publicly registered securities or any similar
concept having a comparable purpose;

 

(11)          the
redemption, repurchase, retirement or other acquisition of any Equity Interests of the Company or Indebtedness of the Issuers or
any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect parent of the Company, in exchange for, or out of the proceeds of the substantially
concurrent sale (other than to an Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of, Equity Interests of the Company or any direct or indirect
parent of the Company (in each case, other than any Disqualified Stock);

 

(12)          the
declaration and payment of dividends to holders of any class or series of Disqualified Stock of the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary
issued in accordance with Section 4.10;

 

(13)          so
long as no Default has occurred and is continuing, other Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount outstanding taken together
with all other Restricted Payments made pursuant to this clause (13) not to exceed $100.0 million outstanding at any one time;

 

    -59-

     

    

 

(14)          Restricted
Payments to pay all or a portion of the consideration payable for any Investment that would have been permitted to be made by the
Issuers under this Indenture including, without limitation, the true up payments pursuant to the Bright House Acquisition Agreement;
provided that the assets or Equity Interests acquired in such Investment (to the extent of amounts distributed by the Issuers
to make such Investment) are promptly contributed to the capital of the Company;

 

(15)          so
long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, any Restricted Payments; provided
that the Leverage Ratio, after giving pro forma effect to such Restricted Payment, is less than or equal to 3.50 to 1.00;

 

(16)          any
distributions to any Parent to permit such Parent to pay (i) attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, accountants’
fees, underwriting discounts and commissions and other customary fees and expenses (including any commitment and other fees payable
in connection with credit facilities) actually incurred in connection with any issuance, sale or incurrence by such Parent of Equity
Interests or Indebtedness, any exchange of securities or a tender for outstanding debt securities or any actual or proposed Investment,
(ii) the costs and expenses of any offer to exchange privately placed securities in respect of the foregoing for publicly
registered securities or any similar concept having a comparable purpose or (iii) other administrative expenses (including
legal, accounting, other professional fees and costs, printing and other such fees and expenses) incurred in the ordinary course
of business, in an aggregate amount in the case of this clause (iii) not to exceed $5.0 million in any fiscal year; and

 

(17)          Restricted
Payments in an aggregate amount not to exceed an amount equal to the sum of Total Leverage Excess Proceeds and Declined Excess
Proceeds that has not been used to make any Investments pursuant to clause (21) of the definition of “Permitted Investments.”

 

The amount of all Restricted Payments (other
than cash) shall be the fair market value on the date of the Restricted Payment of the asset(s) or securities proposed to
be transferred or issued by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to the Restricted Payment. The fair market
value of any assets or securities that are required to be valued by this covenant shall be determined by the Board of Directors
of the Company, whose resolution with respect thereto shall be delivered to the Trustee. Such Board of Directors’ determination
must be based upon an opinion or appraisal issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national standing if
the fair market value exceeds $100.0 million.

 

Not later than the date of making any
Restricted Payment other than in the form of cash having a fair market value in excess of $150.0 million, the Issuers shall
deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Restricted Payment is permitted and setting forth the
basis upon which the calculations required by this Section 4.07 were computed, together with a copy of any fairness
opinion or appraisal required by this Supplemental Indenture.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with
this Section 4.07, in the event that a Restricted Payment, when made, met the criteria of more than one of the categories
described in clauses (1) through (17) above, or was permitted pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.07, the
Issuers will be entitled to classify such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment or later reclassify
such Restricted Payment (or portion thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.07.

 

    -60-

     

    

 

Section 4.08           Investments.

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

 

(1)            make
any Restricted Investment; or

 

(2)            allow
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary,

 

unless:

 

(a)            in
each case, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence thereof; and

 

(b)            in
the case of a Restricted Investment only, the Company would, at the time of, and after giving effect to, such Restricted Investment,
have been permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first
paragraph of Section 4.10.

 

An Unrestricted Subsidiary may be redesignated
as a Restricted Subsidiary if such redesignation would not cause a Default.

 

For purposes of determining compliance with
this Section 4.08, in the event that an Investment, when made, met the criteria above or was a Permitted Investment, the Issuers
will be entitled to classify such Investment (or portion thereof) on the date of its payment or later reclassify such Investment
(or portion thereof) (i) as a Permitted Investment or (ii) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.08.

 

Section 4.09           Dividend
and Other Payment Restrictions Affecting Subsidiaries.

 

The Company shall not, directly or indirectly,
create or permit to exist or become effective any encumbrance or restriction on the ability of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
(other than any Restricted Subsidiaries that guarantee the Notes) to:

 

(a)            pay
dividends or make any other distributions on its Capital Stock to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, or with respect
to any other interest or participation in, or measured by, its profits, or pay any Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(b)            make
loans or advances to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; or

 

(c)            transfer
any of its properties or assets to the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

    -61-

     

    

 

However, the preceding restrictions shall
not apply to encumbrances or restrictions existing under or by reason of:

 

(1)            Existing
Indebtedness as in effect on the Issue Date (including, without limitation, Indebtedness under any of the Credit Facilities)
and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings thereof,
provided that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or
refinancings are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions than those
contained in the most restrictive Existing Indebtedness, as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

(2)            this
Supplemental Indenture and the Notes;

 

(3)            applicable
law, rule, regulation or order;

 

(4)            any
instrument governing Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries as
in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred in connection with or in contemplation
of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person,
other than the Person, or the property or assets of the Person, so acquired; provided that, in the case of Indebtedness,
such Indebtedness was permitted by the terms of this Supplemental Indenture to be incurred;

 

(5)            customary
non-assignment provisions in leases, franchise agreements and other commercial agreements entered into in the ordinary course of
business and consistent with past practices;

 

(6)            purchase
money obligations for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that impose restrictions on the property so acquired
of the nature described in clause (c) of the preceding paragraph;

 

(7)            any
agreement for the sale or other disposition of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that restricts distributions by such Restricted
Subsidiary pending its sale or other disposition;

 

(8)            Permitted
Refinancing Indebtedness; provided that the restrictions contained in the agreements governing such Permitted Refinancing
Indebtedness are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than those contained in the agreements governing the Indebtedness being
refinanced;

 

(9)            Liens
securing Indebtedness or other obligations otherwise permitted to be incurred under Section 4.14 that limit the right of the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to dispose of the assets subject to such Lien;

 

(10)          provisions
with respect to the disposition or distribution of assets or property in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements;

 

    -62-

     

    

 

(11)          restrictions
on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(12)          restrictions
contained in the terms of Indebtedness permitted to be incurred under Section 4.10; provided that such restrictions
are no more restrictive, taken as a whole, than the terms contained in the most restrictive, together or individually of the Credit
Facilities as in effect on the Issue Date;

 

(13)          restrictions
that are not materially more restrictive, taken as a whole, than customary provisions in comparable financings and that the management
of the Company determines, at the time of such financing, will not materially impair the Issuers’ ability to make payments
as required under the Notes; and

 

(14)          any
encumbrances or restrictions imposed by any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings,
replacements or refinancings of the contracts, instruments or obligations referred to in clauses (1) through (13) above; provided
that such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings are,
in the good faith judgment of the Issuers, not materially more restrictive taken as a whole with respect to such encumbrance and
other restrictions than those prior to such amendment, modification, restatement, renewal, increase, supplement, refunding, replacement
or refinancing.

 

Section 4.10           Incurrence
of Indebtedness and Issuance of Preferred Stock.

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, create, incur, issue, assume, guarantee or otherwise become directly
or indirectly liable, contingently or otherwise, with respect to (collectively, “incur”) any Indebtedness (including,
for the avoidance of doubt, Acquired Debt) and the Company shall not issue any Disqualified Stock and shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries to issue any shares of Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock, provided that the Company or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries may incur Indebtedness (including, for the avoidance of doubt, Acquired Debt) or the Company may issue
Disqualified Stock and Restricted Subsidiaries may issue Preferred Stock if the Leverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries would have been not greater than 6.0 to 1.0 and in each case, determined on a pro forma basis (including a
pro forma application of the net proceeds therefrom), as if the additional Indebtedness had been incurred, or the Disqualified
Stock or Preferred Stock had been issued, as the case may be, at the beginning of the most recently ended fiscal quarter.

 

The first paragraph of this Section 4.10
shall not prohibit the incurrence of any of the following items of Indebtedness (collectively, “Permitted Debt”):

 

(1)            the
incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness under Credit Facilities; provided that the aggregate
principal amount of all Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding under this clause (1) for
all Credit Facilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries after giving effect to such incurrence does not exceed an
amount equal to $6.0 billion;

 

    -63-

     

    

 

(2)            the
incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Existing Indebtedness (including Indebtedness outstanding under Credit
Facilities on the Issue Date);

 

(3)            the
incurrence by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by the Initial Notes (and any Exchange Notes
in respect thereof);

 

(4)            the
incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness represented by Capital Lease Obligations, mortgage
financings or purchase money obligations, in each case, incurred for the purpose of financing all or any part of the purchase price
or cost of construction or improvement (including, without limitation, the cost of design, development, construction, acquisition,
transportation, installation, improvement, and migration) of Productive Assets of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,
in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (i) $1.5 billion and (ii) 5.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible
Assets at any time outstanding pursuant to this clause (4);

 

(5)            the
incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in exchange for, or the
net proceeds of which are used to refund, refinance or replace, in whole or in part, Indebtedness (other than
intercompany Indebtedness) that was permitted by this Supplemental Indenture to be incurred under this clause (5), the
first paragraph of this Section 4.10 or clause (2), (3), (9) or (12) of this second paragraph;

 

(6)            the
incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of intercompany Indebtedness between or among the Company and any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that:

 

(a)            if
the Company is the obligor on such Indebtedness, such Indebtedness must be expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full
in cash of all Obligations with respect to the Notes; and

 

(b)            (i) any
subsequent issuance or transfer of Equity Interests that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the
Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof and (ii) any sale or other transfer of any such Indebtedness to a Person that is
not either the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof, shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute an incurrence of such Indebtedness
that was not permitted by this clause (6);

 

(7)            the
incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Hedging Obligations (other than for speculative purposes);

 

(8)            the
guarantee by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company that was
permitted to be incurred by another provision of this Section 4.10;

 

    -64-

     

    

 

(9)            Acquired
Debt or Disqualified Stock of a Person that becomes, or is merged into, a Restricted Subsidiary or any Issuer; provided,
however, that after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such acquisition or merger had been made at the beginning
of the applicable quarter period, the Leverage Ratio of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is equal to or less than immediately
prior to such transaction;

 

(10)          the
incurrence by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of additional Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock
in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding under this clause (10), not to exceed the greater of (i) $1.5 billion
and (ii) 5.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets;

 

(11)          the
accretion or amortization of original issue discount and the write up of Indebtedness in accordance with purchase accounting;

 

(12)          Contribution
Indebtedness;

 

(13)          Indebtedness
arising from agreements of any Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary providing for and to the extent of indemnification,
adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition or
acquisition of any business, assets or a Subsidiary, other than Guarantees of Indebtedness incurred by any Person
acquiring all or any portion of such business, assets or a Subsidiary for the purpose of financing such acquisition; and

 

(14)          Indebtedness
from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument drawn against insufficient funds
in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within 10 business days of its incurrence.

 

In the event that an item of Indebtedness,
Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of permitted
Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described in clauses (1) through (14) of the second paragraph of this
Section 4.10 or is entitled to be incurred pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.10, the Issuers, in their
sole discretion, may classify or reclassify such item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock (or any portion thereof)
and will only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in one of
the above clauses or the first paragraph of this Section 4.10. Additionally, all or any portion of any item of Indebtedness
may later be reclassified as having been incurred pursuant to any category of permitted Indebtedness described in clauses (1) through
(14) above or pursuant to the first paragraph of this Section 4.10 so long as such Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock is permitted to be incurred pursuant to such provision at the time of reclassification. At the time of incurrence, the Issuers
will be entitled to divide and classify an item of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock in more than one of the
types of Indebtedness, Disqualified Stock or Preferred Stock described above in this Section 4.10.

 

Section 4.11           Limitation
on Asset Sales.

 

The Company shall not, and shall not permit
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, consummate an Asset Sale unless:

 

    -65-

     

    

 

(1)            the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Sale at least equal to the fair market value
of the assets or Equity Interests issued or sold or otherwise disposed of;

 

(2)            such
fair market value is determined by the Board of Directors of the Company; and

 

(3)            at
least 75% of the consideration from such Asset Sale, together with all other Asset Sales since the Issue Date on a cumulative basis
(including by way of relief from, or by any other Person assuming responsibility for, any liability, contingent or otherwise) received
by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary is in the form of cash, Cash Equivalents or readily marketable securities.

 

For purposes of this Section 4.11,
each of the following shall be deemed to be cash:

 

(a)            any
liabilities (as shown on the Company’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet) of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary thereof (other than contingent liabilities and liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the
Notes) that are assumed by the transferee of any such assets pursuant to a customary novation agreement that releases the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary from further liability;

 

(b)            any
securities, notes or other obligations received by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are
converted by the recipient thereof into cash, Cash Equivalents or readily marketable securities within 180 days after receipt thereof
(to the extent of the cash, Cash Equivalents or readily marketable securities received in that conversion);

 

(c)            Productive
Assets; and

 

(d)            any
Designated Noncash Consideration received by the Issuers or any Restricted Subsidiary in such Asset Sale having an aggregate fair
market value, taken together with all other Designated Noncash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (d) that is
at that time outstanding, not to exceed the greater of (i) $4.5 billion and (ii) 3.0% of Total Assets, with the fair
market value of each item of Designated Noncash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to
subsequent changes in value.

 

Within 450 days after the receipt of any
Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary thereof may apply an amount equal to the Applicable Percentage
of such Net Proceeds (the “Applicable Proceeds”) at its option:

 

(1)            to
repay or otherwise retire debt under the Credit Facilities or any other Indebtedness of the Restricted Subsidiaries of the Company
(other than Indebtedness represented solely by a guarantee of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company);

 

(2)            to
repay or otherwise retire unsecured Indebtedness of the Company, so long as a pro rata offer is made in accordance with the procedures
set forth in the next paragraph to all holders of other unsecured Indebtedness issued by the Company; or

 

    -66-

     

    

 

(3)            to
invest in Productive Assets; provided that any such amount of Net Proceeds which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
thereof has committed to invest in Productive Assets within 450 days of the applicable Asset Sale may be invested in Productive
Assets within two years of such Asset Sale;

 

provided that (1) pending the final application
of the amount of any such Applicable Proceeds pursuant to this

 

Section 4.11, the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company may apply such Applicable Proceeds temporarily to reduce Indebtedness (including under the Credit Facilities)
or otherwise apply such Applicable Proceeds in any manner not prohibited by the Indenture, and (2) the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as the case may be, may elect to invest in Productive Assets prior to receiving the
Applicable Proceeds attributable to any given Asset Sale (provided that such investment shall be made no earlier than the
earliest of notice to the Trustee of the relevant Asset Sale, execution of a definitive agreement for the relevant Asset
Sale, and consummation of the relevant Asset Sale) and deem the amount so invested to be applied pursuant to and in
accordance with clause (3) above with respect to such Asset Sale.

 

If, with respect to any Asset Sale, at the
expiration of the 450-day period with respect to such Asset Sale, there remains Applicable Proceeds in excess of the greater of
$250.0 million and 1.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (such amount of Applicable Proceeds that are equal to the greater of
$250.0 million and 1.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, “Excess Proceeds”), the Company shall make an offer
to all Holders (an “Asset Sale Offer”) and all holders of other Indebtedness that is of equal priority with
the Notes containing provisions requiring offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to purchase the maximum
principal amount of Notes and such other Indebtedness of equal priority that may be purchased out of the Excess Proceeds. For the
avoidance of doubt, the Company may make an Asset Sale Offer at any time within 450 days after the receipt of any Net Proceeds
from an Asset Sale, and/or prior to an Asset Sale (subject to the occurrence of an Asset Sale), or with respect to any Excess Proceeds.
The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer shall be payable in cash and equal to 100.0% of the principal amount of the subject Notes
plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of purchase. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes
and such other Indebtedness of equal priority tendered into such Asset Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Trustee
shall select the Notes (on as nearly a pro rata basis as possible among the Notes subject to DTC procedures) and such other Indebtedness
of equal priority to be purchased on a pro rata basis.

 

If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation
of an Asset Sale Offer (such remaining Excess Proceeds, “Declined Excess Proceeds”), then the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary thereof may use such Declined Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by this Supplemental
Indenture. Upon completion of any Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Applicable Proceeds and Excess Proceeds shall be reset at zero.

 

In the event that the Company shall be required
to commence an offer to Holders to purchase Notes pursuant to this Section 4.11, it shall follow the procedures specified
in Section 3.09.

 

    -67-

     

    

 

Section 4.12           [Reserved].

 

Section 4.13           Transactions
with Affiliates.

 

The Company shall not, and shall not
permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, make any payment to, or sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of
its properties or assets to, or purchase any property or assets from, or enter into or make or amend any transaction,
contract, agreement, understanding, loan, advance or guarantee with, or for the benefit of, any Affiliate (each, an
 “Affiliate Transaction”), unless:

 

(1)            such
Affiliate Transaction is on terms, taken as a whole, that are no less favorable to the Company or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary
than those that would have been obtained in a comparable transaction by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary with an unrelated
Person; and

 

(2)            the
Company delivers to the Trustee:

 

(a)            with
respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration given or received
by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in excess of $25.0 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company
or Charter set forth in an Officers’ Certificate certifying that such Affiliate Transaction complies with this Section 4.13
and that such Affiliate Transaction has been approved by a majority of the members of such Board of Directors; and

 

(b)            with
respect to any Affiliate Transaction or series of related Affiliate Transactions involving aggregate consideration given or received
by the Company or any such Restricted Subsidiary in excess of $100.0 million, an opinion as to the fairness to the Company of such
Affiliate Transaction from a financial point of view issued by an accounting, appraisal or investment banking firm of national
standing.

 

The following items shall not be deemed
to be Affiliate Transactions and, therefore, shall not be subject to the provisions of the prior paragraph:

 

(1)            any
existing employment agreement entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any employment agreement entered into
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)            transactions
between or among the Company and/or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(3)            payment
of reasonable directors fees to Persons who are not otherwise Affiliates of the Company and customary indemnification and insurance
arrangements in favor of directors and officers, regardless of affiliation with the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(4)            payment
of Management Fees;

 

    -68-

     

    

 

(5)            Restricted
Payments that are permitted by Section 4.07 and Restricted Investments that are permitted by Section 4.08;

 

(6)            Permitted
Investments;

 

(7)            transactions
pursuant to, and the performance of, agreements existing on the Issue Date, as in effect on the Issue Date, or as subsequently
modified, supplemented, or amended, to the extent that any such modifications, supplements or amendments complied with the applicable
provisions of the first paragraph of this Section 4.13;

 

(8)            the
assignment and assumption of contracts (which contracts are entered into prior to the Issue Date on an arms-length basis in the
ordinary course of business of the relevant Parent), reasonably related to the business of the Company and the assignment and assumption
of which would not result in the incurrence of any Indebtedness by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to a Restricted Subsidiary
by a Parent;

 

(9)            transactions
with a Person that is an Affiliate solely as a result of the fact that the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary controls or otherwise
owns Equity Interests of such Person;

 

(10)          equity
contributions in, and the issuance of Equity Interests of, the Company;

 

(11)          any
(x) purchases of any class of Indebtedness from, or lending of any class of Indebtedness to, the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries so long as the amount of Indebtedness of such class purchased or loaned by such Affiliates does not exceed 25% of
the applicable class of Indebtedness offered to non-Affiliate investors generally and (y) repurchases, redemptions or other
retirements for value by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Indebtedness of any class held by any Affiliate of
the Company so long as such repurchase, redemption or other retirement for value is on the same terms as are made available to
investors holding such class of Indebtedness generally and Affiliates hold no more than 25% of such class of Indebtedness; and

 

(12)          any loans that satisfy Section 4.13(1) that
are not otherwise prohibited under this Indenture.

 

Section 4.14           Liens.

 

The Company shall not, directly or indirectly,
create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien of any kind securing Indebtedness on any asset of the Company, whether owned
on the Issue Date or thereafter acquired, except Permitted Liens.

 

    -69-

     

    

 

Section 4.15           Existence.

 

Subject to, and as permitted under, Article 5,
the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its limited liability
company existence, and the corporate, partnership or other existence of each of its Subsidiaries, in accordance with the respective
organizational documents (as the same may be amended from time to time) of the Company or any such Subsidiary; provided,
however, that the Company shall not be required to preserve or keep the corporate, partnership or other existence of any
of its Subsidiaries (other than Capital Corp if the other Issuer is not then a corporation), if the Company shall determine that
the preservation or keeping thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, and that the loss thereof is not adverse in any material respect to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries,
taken as a whole.

 

Section 4.16           Repurchase
at the Option of Holders upon a Change of Control Triggering Event.

 

If a Change of Control Triggering Event
occurs, each Holder shall have the right to require the Issuers to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or an integral multiple
of $1,000 in excess thereof) of that Holder’s Notes pursuant to a “Change of Control Offer.” In the Change of
Control Offer, the Issuers shall offer a “Change of Control Payment” in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal
amount of the Notes repurchased plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, thereon to the date of purchase.

 

Within ten days following any Change of
Control Triggering Event, the Issuers shall transmit a notice to each Holder (with a copy to the Trustee) describing the transaction
or transactions that constitute the Change of Control Triggering Event and stating:

 

(1)            the
purchase price and the purchase date, which shall not exceed 30 Business Days from the date such notice is mailed (the “Change
of Control Payment Date”);

 

(2)            that
any Note not tendered shall continue to accrue interest;

 

(3)            that,
unless the Issuers default in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change
of Control Offer shall cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;

 

(4)            that
Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer shall be required to surrender the Notes, with
the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse of the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at
the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment
Date;

 

(5)            that
Holders shall be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on
the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name
of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his
election to have the Notes purchased; and

 

(6)            that
Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part shall be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion
of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to $2,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of $1,000
in excess thereof.

 

    -70-

     

    

 

To the extent that the provisions of any
securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.16, the Issuers’ compliance with such
laws and regulations shall not in and of itself cause a breach of their obligations under this Section 4.16.

 

On the Change of Control Payment Date, the
Issuers shall, to the extent lawful:

 

(1)            accept
for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;

 

(2)            deposit
with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered;
and

 

(3)            deliver
or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the aggregate
principal amount of Notes or portions thereof being purchased by the Issuers.

 

The Paying Agent shall promptly transmit
to each Holder of Notes so tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and
mail (or cause to be transferred by book entry) to each Holder a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion
of the Notes surrendered, if any; provided that each such new Note shall be in a principal amount of $2,000 or an integral
multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. The Issuers shall publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon
as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.

 

The provisions described above that require
the Issuers to make a Change of Control Offer following a Change of Control Triggering Event shall be applicable regardless of
whether or not any other provisions in this Supplemental Indenture are applicable. Except as described above with respect to a
Change of Control Triggering Event, this Supplemental Indenture does not contain provisions that permit Holders to require that
the Issuers repurchase or redeem the Notes in the event of a takeover, recapitalization or similar transaction.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Section 4.16, the Issuers shall not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control Triggering Event
if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements
set forth in this Supplemental Indenture applicable to a Change of Control Offer made by the Issuers and purchases all Notes validly
tendered and not withdrawn under such Change of Control Offer.

 

In the event that Holders of not less than
90% of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes accept a Change of Control Offer and the Issuers purchase all of
the Notes held by such Holders, the Issuers will have the right, upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior
notice, given not more than 30 days following the purchase pursuant to the Change of Control Offer described above, to redeem
all of the Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price equal to the Change of Control Payment plus,
to the extent not included in the Change of Control Payment, accrued and unpaid interest on the Notes that remain outstanding,
to, but not including, the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive
interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date).

 

    -71-

     

    

 

Section 4.17           Limitations
on Issuances of Guarantees of Indebtedness.

 

The Company shall not permit any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, to Guarantee any other Indebtedness of the Company except in respect of the Credit
Facilities of the Company (the “Guaranteed Indebtedness”) unless:

 

(1)            such
Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes and delivers a supplemental indenture providing for the Guarantee (a “Subsidiary
Guarantee”) of the payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary; and

 

(2)            until
all the Notes have been satisfied in full, such Restricted Subsidiary waives and will not in any manner whatsoever claim or take
the benefit or advantage of, any rights of reimbursement, indemnity or subrogation or any other rights against the Company or any
other Restricted Subsidiary thereof as a result of any payment by such Restricted Subsidiary under its Subsidiary Guarantee;

 

provided that this paragraph
shall not be applicable to any Guarantee or any Restricted Subsidiary that existed at the time such Person became a Restricted
Subsidiary and was not incurred in connection with, or in contemplation of, such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary.

 

If the Guaranteed Indebtedness is subordinated
to the Notes, then the Guarantee of such Guaranteed Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Subsidiary Guarantee at least to
the extent that the Guaranteed Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes.

 

If any Guarantor is released from its obligations
on Guaranteed Indebtedness it shall be automatically released from its obligation with respect to its Guarantee of the Notes hereunder.

 

Section 4.18           Special
Interest Notice.

 

In the event the Issuers are required to
pay Special Interest, the Issuers shall provide written notice to the Trustee of the Issuers’ obligation to pay Special Interest
no later than 15 days prior to the next interest payment date, which notice shall set forth the amount of the Special Interest
to be paid by the Issuers on such payment date. The Trustee shall not at any time be under any duty or responsibility to any Holders
to determine whether the Special Interest is payable or the amount thereof.

 

Section 4.19           Termination
of Covenants.

 

When the Notes (a) have Investment
Grade Ratings from two of the Rating Agencies and (b) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall thereafter not be subject to the provisions of Sections 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.13
and clause (D) of the first paragraph of Section 5.01. The Issuers shall give written notice to the Trustee of the satisfaction
of conditions (a) and (b) of this Section 4.19.

 

    -72-

     

    

 

Article 5

 

SUCCESSORS

 

With respect to the Notes only, each Issuer
hereby agrees to expressly subject itself to the provisions of Article 5 of the Base Indenture and Section 5.01 of the
Base Indenture is hereby replaced with the following:

 

Section 5.01           Merger,
Consolidation or Sale of Assets.

 

Neither Issuer may, directly or indirectly:
(1) consolidate or merge with or into another Person or (2) sell, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all
or substantially all of its assets, in one or more related transactions, to another Person; unless:

 

(a)            either:

 

(i)             such
Issuer is the surviving Person; or

 

(ii)            the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer) or to which such sale, assignment, transfer,
conveyance or other disposition shall have been made is a Person organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any
state thereof or the District of Columbia; provided that if the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or
merger with such Issuer is a limited liability company or a Person other than a corporation, a corporate co-issuer shall also be
an obligor with respect to the Notes;

 

(b)            the
Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer) or the Person to which such sale,
assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made assumes all the obligations of such Issuer
under the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to a supplemental indenture reasonably satisfactory to the
Trustee;

 

(c)            immediately
after such transaction no Default or Event of Default exists; and

 

(d)            such
Issuer or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than such Issuer) will, on the date of such
transaction after giving pro forma effect thereto and any related financing transactions as if the same had occurred at
the beginning of the most recently ended fiscal quarter,

 

(x)            be
permitted to incur at least $1.00 of additional Indebtedness pursuant to the Leverage Ratio test set forth in the first paragraph
of Section 4.10; or

 

(y)            have
a Leverage Ratio immediately after giving effect to such consolidation or merger no greater than the Leverage Ratio immediately
prior to such consolidation or merger.

 

In addition, the Company may not, directly
or indirectly, lease all or substantially all of its properties or assets, in one or more related transactions, to any other Person.
This Section 5.01 shall not apply to a sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of assets between or among
any of the Company’s Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries.

 

    -73-

     

    

 

Article 6

 

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

With respect to the Notes only, each Issuer
hereby agrees to expressly subject itself to the provisions of Article 6 of the Base Indenture and the following is hereby
added to Section 6.01 of the Base Indenture:

 

Any notice of Default,
notice of acceleration or instruction to the Trustee to provide a notice of Default, notice of acceleration or take any other
action (a “Noteholder Direction”) provided by any one or more Holders (each, a “Directing
Holder”) must be accompanied by a written representation from each such Holder to the Issuers and the Trustee that
such Holder is not (or, in the case such Holder is DTC or its nominee, that such Holder is being instructed solely by
Beneficial Owners that are not) Net Short (a “Position Representation”), which representation, in the case
of a Noteholder Direction relating to a notice of Default (a “Default Direction”), shall be deemed
repeated at all times until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases to exist or the Notes are
accelerated. In addition, each Directing Holder must, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, covenant to provide
the Issuers with such other information as the Issuers may reasonably request from time to time in order to verify the
accuracy of such Directing Holder’s Position Representation within five Business Days of request therefor (a
 “Verification Covenant”). In any case in which the Holder is DTC or its nominee, any Position
Representation or Verification Covenant required hereunder shall be provided by the Beneficial Owner of the Notes in lieu of
DTC or its nominee, and DTC shall be entitled to rely on such Position Representation and Verification Covenant in delivering
its direction to the Trustee.

 

If, following the delivery of
a Noteholder Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuers determine in good faith that there is a reasonable
basis to believe a Directing Holder was, at any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provide to the Trustee
evidence that the Issuers have initiated litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such Directing
Holder was, at such time, in breach of its Position Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default that resulted
from the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure
period with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable
determination of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter. If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior
to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuers provide to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that a Directing Holder
failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the
cure period with respect to any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction shall be automatically
reinstituted and any remedy stayed until such time as the Issuers provide the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate that
the Verification Covenant has been satisfied; provided that the Issuers shall promptly deliver such Officers’ Certificate
to the Trustee upon becoming aware that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied. Any breach of the Position Representation
(as evidenced by the delivery to the Trustee of the Officers’ Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy
its Verification Covenant) shall result in such Holder’s participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and
if, without the participation of such Holder, the percentage of Notes held by the remaining Holders that provided such Noteholder
Direction would have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab
initio, with the effect that such Event of Default shall be deemed never to have occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee
shall be deemed not to have received such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such Default or Event of Default.

 

    -74-

     

    

 

Notwithstanding anything in the
preceding two paragraphs to the contrary, any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the pendency of an Event of
Default as the result of a bankruptcy or similar direction shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs.

 

The Trustee shall have no obligation
to monitor or determine whether a Holder is Net Short and can rely conclusively on the Officers’ Certificates delivered by
the Issuers and determinations made by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

Article 7

 

TRUSTEE

 

With respect to the Notes only, Article 7
of the Base Indenture is hereby replaced with the following:

 

Section 7.01           Duties
of Trustee.

 

(1)            If
an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Supplemental Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under
the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

 

(2)            Except
during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(a)            the
duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Supplemental Indenture and the Trustee need
perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Supplemental Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants
or obligations shall be read into this Supplemental Indenture against the Trustee; and

 

(b)            in
the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness
of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions required to be furnished to the Trustee hereunder and conforming
to the requirements of this Supplemental Indenture. However, in the case of certificates or opinions specifically required by any
provision hereof to be furnished to it, the Trustee shall examine such certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they
conform to the requirements of this Supplemental Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of any mathematical
calculations or other facts stated therein).

 

    -75-

     

    

 

(3)            The
Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own gross negligent action, its own gross negligent failure to act, or its
own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(a)            this
paragraph (3) does not limit the effect of paragraph (2) of this Section 7.01;

 

(b)            the
Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the
Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(c)            the
Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received
by it pursuant to Section 6.05 of the Base Indenture.

 

(4)            Whether
or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Supplemental Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is
subject to paragraphs (1), (2), and (3) of this Section 7.01.

 

(5)            No
provision of this Supplemental Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The
Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Supplemental Indenture at the request
of any Holders, unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss,
liability, claim, damage or expense.

 

(6)            The
Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuers.
Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(7)            The
Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or documents.

 

Section 7.02           Rights
of Trustee.

 

(1)            The
Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any document (whether in its original
or facsimile form) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not
investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

 

(2)            Before
the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee
shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion
of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel of its own selection and the written advice or opinion of such counsel or any
Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered
or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

    -76-

     

    

 

(3)            The
Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed
with due care.

 

(4)            The
Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within
the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Supplemental Indenture.

 

(5)            Unless
otherwise specifically provided in this Supplemental Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuers shall
be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuers.

 

(6)            The
Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Supplemental Indenture at the
request or direction of any of Holder unless such Holder shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to
it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

 

(7)            The
Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless either (a) a Responsible Officer of
the Trustee shall have actual knowledge of such Default or Event of Default or (b) written notice of such Default or Event
of Default shall have been given to and received at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee by the Issuers or any Holder and
such notice references the Notes and this Supplemental Indenture.

 

(8)            The
Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness
or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts
or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled
to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuers, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Issuers and
shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation.

 

(9)            In
no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for special, indirect, or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever
(including, but not limited to, loss of profit) irrespective of whether the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such
loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

 

(10)          The
rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified,
are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other
Person employed to act hereunder.

 

    -77-

     

    

 

(11)          The
Trustee may request that the Issuers deliver certificates setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized
at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture.

 

Section 7.03           Individual
Rights of Trustee.

 

The Trustee in its individual or any
other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuers or any Affiliate of the
Issuers with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any
conflicting interest, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days and apply to the SEC for permission to continue as
trustee or resign. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties. The Trustee is also subject to
Section 7.10.

 

Section 7.04           Trustee’s
Disclaimer.

 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for
and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Supplemental Indenture or the Notes, it shall not be accountable
for the Issuers’ use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuers or upon the Issuers’ direction
under any provision of this Supplemental Indenture, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received
by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement
in the Notes or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture other than
its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.05           Notice
of Defaults.

 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs
and is continuing and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall deliver to Holders a notice of
the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after the Trustee acquires knowledge thereof. Except in the case of a Default or
Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and
so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of
Holders.

 

Section 7.06           [Reserved].

 

Section 7.07           Compensation
and Indemnity.

 

The Issuers shall pay to the Trustee from
time to time compensation as agreed upon in writing for its acceptance of this Supplemental Indenture and services hereunder. The
Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuers shall
reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to
the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s
agents and counsel.

 

    -78-

     

    

 

The Issuers shall, jointly and
severally, indemnify the Trustee and any predecessor trustee against any and all losses, liabilities, claims, damages or
expenses (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or
determined by the income of the Trustee) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration
of its duties under this Supplemental Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Supplemental Indenture
against the Issuers (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the
Issuers or any Holder or any other person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers
or duties hereunder, except to the extent any such loss, damage, claim, liability or expense determined to have been caused
by its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Trustee shall notify the Issuers promptly of any claim for which it
may seek indemnity of which a Responsible Officer has received written notice. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the
Issuers shall not relieve the Issuers of their obligations hereunder. The Issuers shall defend the claim and the Trustee
shall cooperate in the defense. The Trustee may have separate counsel and the Issuers shall pay the reasonable fees and
expenses of such counsel. The Issuers need not pay for any settlement made without their consent, which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld.

 

The obligations of the Issuers in this Section 7.07
shall survive resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction, discharge or termination of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

To secure the Issuers’ payment obligations
in this Section 7.07, the Trustee shall have a Lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee,
except such money or property held in trust by the Trustee to pay the principal of and interest on any Notes. Such Lien shall survive
the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture.

 

When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders
services after an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.01(7) or (8) of the Base Indenture occurs, the expenses and
the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses
of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

Section 7.08           Replacement
of the Trustee.

 

A resignation or removal of the Trustee
and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment
as provided in this Section 7.08.

 

The Trustee may resign in writing at any
time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuers. The Holders of a majority in principal amount
of the then outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuers in writing. The Issuers may remove
the Trustee if:

 

(a)            the
Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

 

(b)            the
Trustee is adjudged as bankrupt or as insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy
Law;

 

(c)            a
custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(d)            the
Trustee becomes incapable of acting.

 

    -79-

     

    

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or
if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuers shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one
year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may
appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuers.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office
within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuers or the Holders of at least 10%
in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuers any court of competent jurisdiction
for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

If the Trustee, after written request by
any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any
court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee shall deliver a written
acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuers. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring
Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this
Supplemental Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly
transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee; provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have
been paid and subject to the Lien provided for in Section 7.07. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this
Section 7.08, the Issuers’ obligations under Section 7.07 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

Section 7.09           Successor
Trustee by Merger, etc.

 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts
into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation
without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

Section 7.10           Eligibility;
Disqualification.

 

There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder
that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that
is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or
state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in its most recent published
annual report of condition.

 

Article 8

 

LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

 

With respect to the Notes only, clause (a) of
Section 8.02 of the Base Indenture is hereby replaced with the following:

 

    	 	-80-	 

     

    

 

Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and
Discharge

 

(a)            the
rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Special
Interest, if any, on the Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to below;

 

With respect to the Notes only, Section 8.03
of the Base Indenture is hereby replaced with the following:

 

Section 8.03           Covenant
Defeasance.

 

Upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01
of the Base Indenture of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuers shall, subject to the satisfaction of the
conditions set forth in Section 8.04 of the Base Indenture, be released from their obligations under the covenants contained
in Article 5 and Sections 4.03, 4.07, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11, 4.13, 4.14, 4.16, 4.17 and 4.19 with respect to the outstanding
Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 of the Base Indenture are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant
Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction,
waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall
continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not
be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the outstanding
Notes, the Issuers may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth
in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason
of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply shall
not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this
Supplemental Indenture and such Notes shall be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuers’ exercise under Section 8.01
of the Base Indenture of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth
in Section 8.04, Sections 6.01(3) through 6.01(6) of the Base Indenture shall not constitute Events of Default.

 

Article 9

 

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

 

With respect to the Notes only, each Issuer
hereby agrees to expressly subject itself to the provisions of Article 9 of the Base Indenture and clauses (3), (9) and
(10) of Section 9.01 of the Base Indenture are hereby replaced with the following:

 

Section 9.01           Without
Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

(3)            provide
for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes or the Exchange Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement;

 

(9)            change
or eliminate any of the provisions of this Indenture; provided that any such change or elimination shall become effective only
when there are no outstanding Notes of any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture that is entitled
to the benefit of such provision and as to which such supplemental indenture would apply;

 

    -81-

     

    

 

(10)          evidence
and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by a successor Trustee with respect to one or more series of Notes and
to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be necessary for or to facilitate the administration of the
trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee; and

 

With respect to the Notes only, the following
is hereby included as clause (11) of Section 9.01 of the Base Indenture:

 

(11)          make
any amendment to the provisions of this Indenture or the Notes to eliminate the effect of any Accounting Change or in the application
thereof as described in the last paragraph of the definition of “GAAP.”

 

With respect to the Notes only, clauses (2) and
(7) of Section 9.02 of the Base Indenture are hereby replaced with the following:

 

Section 9.02           With
Consent of Holders of Notes.

 

(2)            reduce
the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter the payment provisions with respect to the redemption of the
Notes (other than a payment required by Section 3.09, Section 4.11, or Section 4.16 of this Supplemental Indenture),
provided that the provisions regarding the notice and timing thereof may be amended with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes;

 

(7)            waive
a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Section 3.09, Section 4.11, or Section 4.16
of this Supplemental Indenture); or

 

Article 12

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

With respect to the Notes only, Section 12.13
of the Base Indenture is hereby replaced with the following:

 

Section 12.13         Table of Contents,
Headings, etc.

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table
and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Supplemental Indenture and the Base Indenture have been inserted for convenience
of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Supplemental Indenture or the Base Indenture and shall in no way modify
or restrict any of the terms or provisions. Unless otherwise expressly specified, references in this Supplemental Indenture to
specific Articles, Sections or clauses refer to Articles, Sections and clauses contained in this Supplemental Indenture, unless
such Article, Section or clause is incorporated herein by reference to the Base Indenture or no such Article, Section or
clause appears in this Supplemental Indenture, in which case such references refer to the applicable section of the Base Indenture.

 

    -82-

     

    

 

With respect to the Notes only, the following
Sections 12.17 and 12.18 are hereby added to Article 12 of the Base Indenture:

 

Section 12.17         Supplemental Indenture Controls.

 

In case any provision of this Supplemental
Indenture conflicts with any provision of the Base Indenture, the provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall govern and be
controlling, solely with respect to the Notes (and any Subsidiary Guarantees endorsed thereon).

 

Section 12.18         Submission to Jurisdiction.

 

The parties irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive
jurisdiction of any New York State or federal court sitting in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, over any suit, action
or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Indenture. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the parties irrevocably
waive and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, any claim that it is not subject to the jurisdiction
of any such court, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding
brought in any such court and any claim that any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in
an inconvenient forum.

 

Article 13

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

 

Section 13.01         Satisfaction
and Discharge of Supplemental Indenture

 

This Supplemental Indenture shall
cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes herein
expressly provided for), and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuers, shall execute proper instruments
acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture, when

 

(1)            either

 

(a)            all
Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have
been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.07 and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited
in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Issuers and thereafter repaid to the Issuers or discharged from such trust) have
been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or

 

(b)            all
such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation

 

(i)             have
become due and payable; or

 

(ii)            will
become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one year, or

 

(iii)            are
to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption
by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Issuers,

 

    -83-

     

    

 

and the Issuers, in the case of
(i), (ii) or (iii) above, has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose
an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation,
for principal (and premium, if any) and interest (including Special Interest, if any) to the date of such deposit (in the case
of Notes which have become due and payable) or to the maturity or redemption thereof, as the case may be;

 

(2)            the
Issuers have paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuers; and

 

(3)            the
Issuers have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions
precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental Indenture have been complied with.

 

Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Supplemental
Indenture pursuant to this Article 13, the obligations of the Issuers to the Trustee under Section 7.07, and, if money
shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 13.01, the obligations
of the Trustee under Section 13.02 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

 

Section 13.02         Application
of Trust Money.

 

All money deposited with the Trustee pursuant
to Section 13.01 shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Supplemental
Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto,
of the principal (and premium, if any) and interest (including Special Interest, if any) for whose payment such money has been
deposited with the Trustee.

 

[Signatures on following page]

 

    -84-

     

    

 

Dated as of July 9, 2020

 

	 	CCO HOLDINGS, LLC, as an Issuer
	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Jessica Fischer
	 	 	Name:	Jessica Fischer
	 	 	Title: 	Senior Vice President - Finance and Corporate Treasurer
	 	 	 
	 	CCO HOLDINGS CAPITAL CORP., as an Issuer
	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Jessica Fischer
	 	 	Name:	Jessica Fischer
	 	 	Title: 	Senior Vice President - Finance and Corporate Treasurer

 

[Signature
Page to Fifth Supplemental Indenture]

 

    

     

    

 

	 	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST 
 COMPANY, N.A., as Trustee
	 	 	 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:	 
	 	 	Title:	 

 

[Signature
Page to Fifth Supplemental Indenture]

 

    

     

    

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[THIS
GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY
FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE
TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE,
(2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE SUPPLEMENTAL
INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT
OF THE ISSUERS. UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT
BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY
OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR
DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (55 WATER STREET,
NEW YORK, NEW YORK 10004) (“DTC”), TO EACH ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND
ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH
AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.] 1

 

 

		1	Include Global Note Legend, if applicable.

 

    	 	A-1	 

     

    

 

[THE NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR)
EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES
ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE
TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY
IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES
ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUERS THAT (A) SUCH
SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED ONLY (I) (A) TO A PERSON WHO IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL
BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (B) IN A
TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A NON-U.S. PERSON
IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (D) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION
FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE ISSUERS SO REQUEST), (II) TO
THE ISSUERS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE SUBSIDIARIES, OR (III) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN
EACH CASE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION,
AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER FROM IT OF THE NOTES EVIDENCED HEREBY
OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION
PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE NOTE EVIDENCED HEREBY.]2

 

[THIS
NOTE (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933,
AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED IN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR
BENEFIT OF, ANY U.S. PERSON EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT
AND ALL APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. TERMS USED ABOVE HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM IN REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT.]3

 

 

		2	Include Private Placement Legend, if applicable.

 

		3	Include Regulation S Legend, if applicable.

 

    	 	A-2	 

     

    

 

[Face of Note]

 

CUSIP NO.
[              ]

 

4.250% Senior Notes due 2031

 

No. [   ]

 

$[                  ]

 

CCO Holdings, LLC and CCO Holdings Capital
Corp.

 

promise to pay to [          ] or to registered assigns the principal
amount of [           ] DOLLARS on July 1, 2031

 

Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1

 

Record Dates: January 15 and July 15

 

Subject to Restrictions set forth in this Note.

 

    	 	A-3	 

     

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of CCO Holdings,
LLC and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

Dated:
[                 ]

 

	 	CCO HOLDINGS, LLC

 
	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

 

	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

 

	 	CCO HOLDINGS CAPITAL CORP.

 

	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

 

	 	By:	 
	 	 	Name:
	 	 	Title:

  

[Signature Page to
Global Note]

 

     

     

    

 

This is one of the Notes referred to in the
within-mentioned Supplemental Indenture:

 

THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON TRUST
COMPANY, N.A.,

as Trustee

 

	By:	 	 

 

Authorized Signatory

 

Dated: [                    ]

 

[Signature
Page to Global Note]

 

     

     

    

 

[Back of Note]

4.250% Senior Note due 2031

 

Capitalized terms used herein shall have
the meanings assigned to them in the Supplemental Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.

 

1.            INTEREST.
Each of CCO Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and CCO Holdings Capital Corp., a Delaware corporation, promise
to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 4.250% per annum from the Issue Date until maturity. The interest
rate on the Notes is subject to increase pursuant to the provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement. The Issuers will pay
interest semi-annually in arrears on February 1 and August 1 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day,
on the next succeeding Business Day (each an “Interest Payment Date”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from
the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided
that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred
to on the face and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment
Date; provided, further, that the first Interest Payment Date shall be February 1, 2021. The Issuers shall pay
interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any,
from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1.00% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect; they shall pay interest (including
post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable
grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day
year of twelve 30-day months.

 

2.            METHOD
OF PAYMENT. The Issuers shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Persons who are registered Holders at
the close of business on January 15 or July 15 next preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled
after such record date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Supplemental
Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office
or agency of the Issuers maintained for such purpose within or without the City and State of New York, or, at the option of the
Issuers, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders,
and provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of
and interest and premium on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which shall have provided wire transfer instructions
to the Issuers or the Paying Agent. Such payment shall be in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time
of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.

 

3.            PAYING
AGENT AND REGISTRAR. Initially, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., the Trustee under the Supplemental Indenture,
will act as Paying Agent and Registrar. The Issuers may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The
Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.

 

    	 	A-6	 

     

    

 

4.            INDENTURE.
The Issuers issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of May 23, 2019 (the “Base Indenture”), among
the Issuers and the Trustee, as supplemented by the Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 9, 2020 (the “Supplemental
Indenture”), among the Issuers and the Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Supplemental Indenture.
The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Supplemental Indenture and such Act for a statement of
such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Supplemental Indenture, the
provisions of the Supplemental Indenture shall govern and be controlling.

 

5.            OPTIONAL
REDEMPTION.

 

(a)            On
or after July 1, 2025, the Issuers shall have the option to redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices
(expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, thereon
to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve month period beginning on July 1 of the years indicated below:

 

	Year	 	Percentage	 
	2025	 	102.125	%
	2026	 	101.417	%
	2027	 	100.708	%
	2028 and thereafter	 	100.000	%

 

(b)            At
any time prior to July 1, 2023, the Issuers may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 40% of the aggregate principal amount
of the Notes (including the principal amount of any Additional Notes), at a redemption price of 104.250% of the principal amount
thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one
or more Equity Offerings; provided that:

 

(1)            at
least 50% of the original aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under the Supplemental Indenture remains outstanding immediately
after the occurrence of such redemption, unless all such Notes are redeemed substantially concurrently; and

 

(2)            the
redemption must occur within 180 days of the date of the closing of such Equity Offering.

 

(c)            At
any time and from time to time prior to July 1, 2025, the Issuers may redeem outstanding Notes, in whole or in part, at a
redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if
any, on such Notes to the redemption date plus the Make-Whole Premium.

 

(d)            Notwithstanding
the foregoing, in connection with any tender offer for the Notes, including a Change of Control Offer or Asset Sale Offer, if
Holders of not less than 90% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes validly tender and do not withdraw such
Notes in such tender offer and the Issuers, or any third party making a such tender offer in lieu of the Issuers, purchases
all of the Notes validly tendered and not withdrawn by such Holders, the Issuers or such third party will have the
right upon not less than 10 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice, given not more than 30 days following such purchase
date, to redeem all Notes that remain outstanding following such purchase at a redemption price equal to the price offered to
each other Holder in such tender offer plus, to the extent not included in the tender offer payment, accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, thereon, to, but not including, the date of such redemption.

 

    	 	A-7	 

     

    

 

6.            MANDATORY
REDEMPTION. Except as otherwise provided in Paragraph 7 below, the Issuers shall not be required to make mandatory redemption payments
with respect to the Notes.

 

7.            REPURCHASE
AT OPTION OF HOLDER.

 

(a)            If
a Change of Control Triggering Event occurs, the Issuers shall make an offer to repurchase all or any part (equal to $2,000 or
an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the aggregate
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, to the date of purchase. Within 10 days following any
Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuers shall transmit a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions
that constitute the Change of Control and offering to repurchase Notes on the Change of Control Payment Date specified in such
notice, pursuant to the procedures required by the Supplemental Indenture and described in such notice.

 

(b)            If,
with respect to any Asset Sale, at the expiration of the 450-day period with respect to such Asset Sale, there remain
Applicable Proceeds in excess of the greater of $250.0 million and 1.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets (such amount of
Applicable Proceeds that are equal to the greater of $250.0 million and 1.0% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets,
 “Excess Proceeds”), the Company shall make an offer pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Supplemental
Indenture to all Holders (an “Asset Sale Offer”) and all holders of other Indebtedness that is of equal
priority with the Notes containing provisions requiring offers to purchase or redeem with the proceeds of sales of assets to
purchase the maximum principal amount of Notes and such other Indebtedness of equal priority that may be purchased out of the
Excess Proceeds. For the avoidance of doubt, the Company may make an Asset Sale Offer at any time within 450 days after the
receipt of any Net Proceeds from an Asset Sale, and/or prior to an Asset Sale (subject to the occurrence of an Asset Sale),
or with respect to any Excess Proceeds. The offer price in any Asset Sale Offer will be payable in cash and equal to 100% of
principal amount of the subject Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest and Special Interest, if any, to the date of the
purchase. If the aggregate principal amount of Notes and such other Indebtedness of equal priority tendered into such Asset
Sale Offer exceeds the amount of Excess Proceeds, the Notes and such other Indebtedness of equal priority to be purchased
shall be selected in accordance with the procedures of the Depositary. If any Excess Proceeds remain after consummation of an
Asset Sale Offer (such remaining Excess Proceeds, “Declined Excess Proceeds”), then the Company or any
Restricted Subsidiary thereof may use such Declined Excess Proceeds for any purpose not otherwise prohibited by the
Supplemental Indenture. Upon completion of each Asset Sale Offer, the amount of Applicable Proceeds and Excess Proceeds shall
be reset at zero. Holders of Notes that are the subject of an offer to purchase will receive an Asset Sale Offer from
the Issuers prior to any related purchase date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled
 “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” on the reverse side of the Notes.

 

    	 	A-8	 

     

    

 

8.            [Reserved].

 

9.            DENOMINATIONS,
TRANSFER, EXCHANGE. The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000
in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Supplemental Indenture.
The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents,
and the Issuers may require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees required by law or permitted by the Supplemental Indenture. The
Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed
portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Issuers need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period
of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a record date and the corresponding Interest
Payment Date.

 

10.          PERSONS
DEEMED OWNERS. The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.

 

11.          AMENDMENT,
SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER. Subject to certain exceptions, the Supplemental Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented
with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes
(including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for,
Notes). Any existing Default or compliance with any provision of the Supplemental Indenture or the Notes (other than any
provision relating to the right of any Holder to bring suit for the enforcement of any payment of principal, premium, if any,
any interest on the Note, on or after the scheduled due dates expressed herein) may be waived, including by way of amendment,
with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes (including, without
limitation, consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for, Notes). Without the
consent of any Holder of a Note, the Issuers and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Supplemental Indenture or the Notes
(i) to cure any ambiguity, mistake, defect or inconsistency, (ii) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition
to or in place of certificated Notes, (iii) to provide for or confirm the issuance of Additional Notes, (iv) to
provide for the assumption of the Issuers’ obligations to Holders in the case of a merger or consolidation or sale of
all or substantially all of the Issuers’ assets, (v) to make any change that would provide any additional rights
or benefits to the Holders or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under the Supplemental Indenture of any such
Holder, (vi) to provide for the issuance of Exchange Notes pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement or to comply
with the requirements of the SEC as necessary to comply with applicable law, (vii) to conform the Supplemental Indenture
or the Notes to the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum, or (viii) to make any
amendment to the provisions of the Supplemental Indenture or the Notes to eliminate the effect of any Accounting
Change or in the application thereof as described in the last paragraph of the definition of “GAAP.”

 

    	 	A-9	 

     

    

 

12.          DEFAULTS
AND REMEDIES. Each of the following is an Event of Default: (i) default for 30 consecutive days in the payment when due of
interest on the Notes, (ii) default in payment when due of the principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes, (iii) failure
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to comply with Section 5.01 of the Supplemental Indenture, (iv) failure
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for 30 consecutive days after written notice thereof has been given to the
Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 30% of the principal amount of the Notes outstanding
to comply with any of their other covenants or agreements in the Supplemental Indenture, (v) default under any mortgage, indenture
or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed
by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries), whether such Indebtedness or guarantee now exists or is created after the date of the Supplemental Indenture, if
that default: (a) is caused by a failure to pay at final stated maturity the principal amount of such Indebtedness prior to
the expiration of the grace period provided in such Indebtedness on the date of such default (a “Payment Default”);
or (b) results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity; and, in each case, the principal amount
of any such Indebtedness, together with the principal amount of any other such Indebtedness under which there has been a Payment
Default (measured at the time of the Payment Default) or the maturity of which has been so accelerated, aggregates the greater
of (1) $1,000 million and (2) 0.675% of Total Assets, (vi) failure by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
to pay final judgments (measured when such judgment is rendered) which are non-appealable aggregating in excess of the greater
of (1) $1,000 million and (2) 0.675% of Total Assets, net of applicable insurance which has not been denied in writing
by the insurer, which judgments are not paid, discharged or stayed for a period of 60 days or (vii) certain events of bankruptcy
or insolvency with respect to the Company or any of its Significant Subsidiaries as set forth in the Supplemental Indenture.

 

However, a Default under clause (iii), (iv),
(v) or (vi) of the previous paragraph will not constitute an Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of at
least 30% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuers of the Default and, with respect to clauses (iv) and
(vi), the Issuers do not cure such Default within the time specified in clause (iv) or (vi) of this paragraph after receipt
of such notice; provided that a notice of Default may not be given with respect to any action taken, and reported publicly or to
Holders, more than two years prior to such notice of Default.

 

In the case of an Event of Default arising
from certain events of bankruptcy or insolvency with respect to the Company, all outstanding Notes will become due and payable
without further action or notice. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Issuers
or the Holders of at least 30% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuers and the Trustee may declare
all the Notes to be due and payable.

 

Any Noteholder Direction provided by any one
or more Directing Holders must be accompanied by a Position Representation, which representation, in the case of a Default Direction
shall be deemed repeated at all times until the resulting Event of Default is cured or otherwise ceases to exist or the Notes are
accelerated. In addition, each Directing Holder must, at the time of providing a Noteholder Direction, make a Verification Covenant.
In any case in which the Holder is DTC or its nominee, any Position Representation or Verification Covenant required hereunder
shall be provided by the Beneficial Owner of the Notes in lieu of DTC or its nominee, and DTC shall be entitled to rely on such
Position Representation and Verification Covenant in delivering its direction to the Trustee.

 

    	 	A-10	 

     

    

 

If, following the delivery of a Noteholder
Direction, but prior to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuers determine in good faith that there is a reasonable basis to believe
a Directing Holder was, at any relevant time, in breach of its Position Representation and provide to the Trustee evidence that
the Issuers have initiated litigation in a court of competent jurisdiction seeking a determination that such Directing Holder
was, at such time, in breach of its Position Representation, and seeking to invalidate any Event of Default that resulted from
the applicable Noteholder Direction, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the cure period
with respect to such Event of Default shall be automatically reinstituted and any remedy stayed pending a final and non-appealable
determination of a court of competent jurisdiction on such matter. If, following the delivery of a Noteholder Direction, but prior
to acceleration of the Notes, the Issuers provide to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that a Directing Holder
failed to satisfy its Verification Covenant, the cure period with respect to such Default shall be automatically stayed and the
cure period with respect to any Event of Default that resulted from the applicable Noteholder Direction shall be automatically
reinstituted and any remedy stayed until such time as the Issuers provide the Trustee with an Officers’ Certificate that
the Verification Covenant has been satisfied; provided that the Issuers shall promptly deliver such Officers’ Certificate
to the Trustee upon becoming aware that the Verification Covenant has been satisfied. Any breach of the Position Representation
(as evidenced by the delivery to the Trustee of the Officers’ Certificate stating that a Directing Holder failed to satisfy
its Verification Covenant) shall result in such Holder’s participation in such Noteholder Direction being disregarded; and
if, without the participation of such Holder, the percentage of Notes held by the remaining Holders that provided such Noteholder
Direction would have been insufficient to validly provide such Noteholder Direction, such Noteholder Direction shall be void ab
initio, with the effect that such Event of Default shall be deemed never to have occurred, acceleration voided and the Trustee
shall be deemed not to have received such Noteholder Direction or any notice of such Default or Event of Default.

 

Notwithstanding anything in the preceding
two paragraphs to the contrary, any Noteholder Direction delivered to the Trustee during the pendency of an Event of Default as
the result of a bankruptcy or similar direction shall not require compliance with the foregoing paragraphs.

 

Holders may not enforce the Supplemental
Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Supplemental Indenture. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or
power with respect to matters relating to the Notes. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing Default
or Event of Default (except a Default or Event of Default relating to the payment of principal or interest) if it determines
that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of the Notes then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive any existing
Default or Event of Default and its consequences under the Supplemental Indenture except a continuing Default or Event of Default
in the payment of interest on, or the principal of, the Notes. Any time period in the Base Indenture or the Supplemental Indenture
to cure any actual or alleged Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes may be extended or stayed by a court of competent
jurisdiction to the extent such actual or alleged Default or Event of Default is the subject of litigation.

 

    	 	A-11	 

     

    

 

The Issuers are required to deliver to the
Trustee annually a statement regarding compliance with the Supplemental Indenture and the Base Indenture. Upon becoming aware
of any Default or Event of Default, the Issuers are required to deliver to the Trustee a statement specifying such Default or
Event of Default and what action the Issuers are taking or propose to take with respect thereto.

 

13.          TRUSTEE
DEALINGS WITH ISSUERS. The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from, and perform
services for any Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with any Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.

 

14.          NO
RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. A director, officer, employee, incorporator, member or stockholder of the Issuers, as such, shall not
have any liability for any obligations of the Issuers under the Notes or the Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on,
in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such
liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

 

15.           GOVERNING
LAW. THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE AND THE SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT
GIVING EFFECT TO THE APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION
WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THE HOLDERS AGREE TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE
STATE OF NEW YORK IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS NOTE.

 

16.          AUTHENTICATION.
This Note shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual or electronic signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.

 

17.          ABBREVIATIONS.
Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT
(= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST
(= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

 

18.          ADDITIONAL
RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED GLOBAL NOTES AND RESTRICTED DEFINITIVE NOTES. In addition to the rights provided to Holders of
Notes under the Supplemental Indenture, Holders of Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes shall have all the rights
set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

19.           CUSIP
NUMBERS. Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform Security Identification Procedures, the Issuers have
caused CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption as a convenience
to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any
notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.

 

    	 	A-12	 

     

    

 

The Issuers will furnish to any Holder upon
written request and without charge a copy of the Supplemental Indenture, the Base Indenture and/or the Registration Rights Agreement,
as applicable. Requests may be made to the Issuers:

 

400 Atlantic Street

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attention: Corporate Secretary

Telecopier No.: (314) 965-6440

 

    	 	A-13	 

     

    

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

 

(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:

 

_____________________________________

(Insert assignee’s legal name)

 

	 	 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 

	 	 

 

	 	 

 

	 	 

 

	 	 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

and irrevocably appoint ________________________________________________
to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuers. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:______________________________

 

	Your Signature:	 	 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this
Note)

 

	Signature Guarantee*:	 	

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion
Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

    	 	A-14	 

     

    

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased
by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.11 or 4.16 of the Supplemental Indenture, check the appropriate box below:

 

 ̈
Section 4.11           ̈
Section 4.16

 

If you want to elect to have only part of
the Note purchased by the Issuers pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 4.16 of the Supplemental Indenture, state the amount
you elect to have purchased:

 

$ _______________________

 

Date:____________________

 

Your Signature:_____________________________________________________

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

 

Tax Identification No.: _______________________________________________

 

Signature Guarantee*: _______________________________________________

 

* Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion
Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).

 

    	 	A-15	 

     

    

 

SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE
GLOBAL NOTE*

 

The following exchanges of a part of this
Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive
Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:

 

	Date of Exchange	 	Amount of
 decrease in
 Principal Amount 

of this Global 

Note	 	Amount of
 increase in
 Principal Amount 

of this Global 

Note	 	Principal Amount 

of this Global

 Note following 

such decrease (or 

increase)	 	Signature of
 authorized officer

 of Trustee or Note

 Custodian
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

    	 	A-16	 

     

    

 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

CCO Holdings, LLC

CCO Holdings Capital Corp.

400 Atlantic Street

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

 

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 700

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Facsimile No.: (312) 827-8542

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

		Re:	CCO Holdings, LLC and CCO Holdings Capital Corp.
  ̈
4.250% Senior Notes due 2031 (CUSIP [               ])
(the “Notes”)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture,
dated as of May 23, 2019, among CCO Holdings, LLC (“CCO Holdings”), CCO Holdings Capital Corp. (together
with CCO Holdings, the “Issuers”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, as
supplemented by the Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 9, 2020 (the “Supplemental Indenture”).
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Supplemental Indenture.

 

___________________ (the “Transferor”)
owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of $_____________________________
in such Note[s] or interests (the “Transfer”), to ___________________________ (the “Transferee”),
as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:

 

[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

 

 ̈         1.
Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note
Pursuant to Rule 144A. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the United
States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further
certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably
believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more
accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a
 “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of
Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United
States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the
Private Placement Legend printed on the Rule 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Supplemental
Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

    	 	B-1	 

     

    

 

 ̈          2.
Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to
Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities
Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the United
States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and
any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the
transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor
nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no
directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of
Regulation S under the Securities Act and (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration
requirements of the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in
the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Supplemental Indenture
and the Securities Act. If the Transfer of the beneficial interest occurs prior to the expiration of the 40-day distribution compliance
period set forth in Regulation S, the transferred beneficial interest will be held immediately thereafter through Euroclear or
Clearstream.

 

 ̈         3.
Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in a Definitive Note pursuant to any provision of
the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance
with the Securities Act and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States, and accordingly the Transferor
hereby further certifies that (check one):

 

 ̈         (i) such
Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act; or

 

 ̈         (ii) such
Transfer is being effected to the Issuers or a subsidiary thereof; or

 

 ̈         (iii) such
Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the
prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; or

 

 ̈         (iv) such
Transfer is being effected to an Institutional Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby
further certifies that it has not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation D under the
Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted
Global Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption claimed, which certification is supported by
(1) a certificate executed by the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Supplemental Indenture and (2) an
Opinion of Counsel provided by the Transferor or the Transferee (a copy of which the Transferor has attached to this
certification), to the effect that such Transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed
transfer in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note
will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global
Note and/or the Definitive Notes and in the Supplemental Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

    	 	B-2	 

     

    

 

 ̈         4.
Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive
Note.

 

 ̈         (i) Check
if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144
under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Supplemental Indenture and any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation
of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive
Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted
Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Supplemental Indenture.

 

 ̈         (ii) Check
if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903
or Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Supplemental Indenture
and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained
in the Supplemental Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities
Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the transferred beneficial
interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend
printed on the Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Supplemental Indenture.

 

 ̈         (iii) Check
if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption
from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance
with the transfer restrictions contained in the Supplemental Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State
of the United States and (ii) the

restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon consummation
of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive
Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global
Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Supplemental Indenture.

 

    	 	B-3	 

     

    

 

This certificate and the statements contained
herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers.

 

	 	 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

	By	 	 
	 	 Name:	 
	 	 Title:	 

 

	Dated:	 	 

 

    	 	B-4	 

     

    

 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

 

1.            The
Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

 

[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 

 ̈        (a)        a
beneficial interest in the:

 

 ̈        (i)         Rule 144A
Global Note (CUSIP __________), or

 

 ̈        (ii)        Regulation
S Global Note (CUSIP _________), or

 

 ̈        (b)        a
Restricted Definitive Note.

 

2.         After
the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

 

[CHECK ONE]

 

 ̈        (a)        a
beneficial interest in the:

 

 ̈        (i)         Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP __________), or

 

 ̈        (ii)        Regulation
S Global Note (CUSIP _________), or

 

 ̈        (iii)       Unrestricted
Global Note (CUSIP _________); or

 

 ̈        (b)        a
Restricted Definitive Note; or

 

 ̈        (c)        an
Unrestricted Definitive Note,

 

in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture.

 

    	 	B-5	 

     

    

 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

 

CCO Holdings, LLC

CCO Holdings Capital Corp.

400 Atlantic Street

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

 

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 700

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Facsimile No.: (312) 827-8542

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

		Re:	CCO Holdings, LLC and CCO Holdings Capital Corp.

 ̈ 4.250% Senior Notes due 2031 (CUSIP [              ])
(the “Notes”)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture,
dated as of May 23, 2019, among CCO Holdings, LLC (“CCO Holdings”), CCO Holdings Capital Corp. (together
with CCO Holdings, the “Issuers”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, as
supplemented by the Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 9, 2020 (the “Supplemental Indenture”).
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Supplemental Indenture.

 

__________________________ (the “Owner”)
owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of $____________________________
in such Note[s] or interests (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies
that:

 

1.          Exchange
of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial
Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

 

 ̈         (i) Check
if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In
connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest
in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is
being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in
the Supplemental Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the
Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable
blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. If the Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Regulation S
Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner further certifies that it is either (x) a
non-U.S. Person to whom Notes would be transferred in accordance with Regulation S or (y) a U.S. Person who purchased
Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act.

 

    	 	C-1	 

     

    

 

 ̈         (ii) Check
if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange
of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies
(i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has
been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance
with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental Indenture and the Private Placement
Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired
in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

 ̈         (iii) Check
if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s
Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the
beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected
in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the
Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental Indenture and the Private Placement Legend
are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is being acquired
in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. If the Exchange is from beneficial
interest in a Regulation S Global Note to an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner further certifies that it is either (x) a
non-U.S. Person to whom Notes could be transferred in accordance with Regulation S or (y) a U.S. Person who purchased Notes
in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act.

 

 ̈         (iv) Check
if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of
a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive
Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities
Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Supplemental Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required
in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance
with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.

 

2.          Exchange
of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial
Interests in Restricted Global Notes

 

    	 	C-2	 

     

    

 

 ̈         (i) Check
if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange
of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note with an equal principal amount,
the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer.
If the Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note to a Restricted Definitive Note, the Owner further certifies
that it is either (x) a non-U.S. Person to whom Notes could be transferred in accordance with Regulation S or (y) a U.S.
Person who purchased Notes in a transaction that did not require registration under the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the
proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue
to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note
and in the Supplemental Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

 ̈         (ii) Check
if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange
of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE]  ̈Rule 144A
Global Note or  ̈ Regulation S Global Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner
hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant
to and in accordance with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the
United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Supplemental Indenture, the beneficial
interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant
Restricted Global Note and in the Supplemental Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

    	 	C-3	 

     

    

 

This certificate and the statements contained
herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuers.

 

	 	 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

	By	 	 
	 	 Name:	 
	 	 Title:	 

 

	Dated:	 	 

 

    	 	C-4	 

     

    

 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM

ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

 

CCO Holdings, LLC

CCO Holdings Capital Corp.

400 Atlantic Street

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

 

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

2 North LaSalle Street, Suite 700

Chicago, Illinois 60602

Facsimile No.: (312) 827-8542

Attention: Corporate Trust Administration

 

		Re:	CCO Holdings, LLC and CCO Holdings Capital Corp.

 ̈ 4.250% Senior Notes due 2031 (CUSIP [              ])
(the “Notes”)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture,
dated as of May 23, 2019, among CCO Holdings, LLC (“CCO Holdings”), CCO Holdings Capital Corp. (together
with CCO Holdings, the “Issuers”), and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee, as
supplemented by the Fifth Supplemental Indenture dated as of July 9, 2020 (the “Supplemental Indenture”).
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Supplemental Indenture.

 

In connection with our proposed purchase of
$____________ aggregate principal amount of:

 

(i)       ̈     a
beneficial interest in a Global Note, or

 

(ii)      ̈     a
Definitive Note,

 

we confirm that:

 

1.            We
understand that any subsequent transfer of the Notes or any interest therein is subject to certain restrictions and conditions
set forth in the Supplemental Indenture and the undersigned agrees to be bound by, and not to resell, pledge or otherwise transfer
the Notes or any interest therein except in compliance with, such restrictions and conditions and the United States Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

 

2.            We
understand that the offer and sale of the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act, and that the Notes and any
interest therein may not be offered or sold except as permitted in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on
behalf of any accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell the Notes or any interest
therein, we will do so only (a) to the Issuers or any subsidiary thereof, (b) in accordance with
Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (c) to an
institutional “accredited investor” (as defined below) that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or has furnished
on its behalf by a U.S. broker-dealer) to you and to the Issuers a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter and
an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Issuers to the effect that such transfer is in compliance with the
Securities Act, (d) outside the United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act,
(e) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144(d) under the Securities Act or (f) pursuant to an effective
registration statement under the Securities Act, and we further agree to provide to any person purchasing the Definitive Note
or beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the requirements of clauses (a) through
(e) of this paragraph a notice advising such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

 

    	 	D-1	 

     

    

 

3.            We
understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and
the Issuers such certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Issuers may reasonably require to confirm
that the proposed sale complies with the foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us will bear
a legend to the foregoing effect.

 

4.            We
are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) of Regulation
D under the Securities Act) and have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of evaluating
the merits and risks of our investment in the Notes, and we and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the
economic risk of our or its investment.

 

5.            We
are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of
which is an institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole investment discretion.

 

You and the Issuers are entitled to rely upon
this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy to any interested party in any administrative or legal
proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby.

 

	 	 

[Insert Name of Transferor]

 

	By	 	 
	 	 Name:	 
	 	 Title:	 

 

	Dated:	 	 

 

    	 	D-2Exhibit 10.1

 

CCO HOLDINGS, LLC 

CCO HOLDINGS CAPITAL CORP.

 

4.250% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2031

 

EXCHANGE AND REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

July 9, 2020

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

As representative (“Representative”) of the
Purchasers

 

	c/o	Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
	 	1585 Broadway
	 	New York, New York 10036

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

CCO Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company (the “Company”), and CCO Holdings Capital Corp., a Delaware corporation (together with the Company,
the “Issuers”), propose, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell to the Purchasers
(as defined herein) upon the terms set forth in the Purchase Agreement (as defined herein) $1,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount
of their 4.250% Senior Notes due 2031 (the “Notes”) on July 9, 2020. In satisfaction of a condition to the obligations
of the Purchasers under the Purchase Agreement, the Issuers agree with the Purchasers for the benefit of holders (as defined herein)
from time to time of the Registrable Securities (as defined herein) as follows:

 

SECTION 1.          
Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the following terms shall have
the following respective meanings:

 

“Agreement” shall mean
this Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

 

“Base Indenture” shall
mean the Indenture, dated as of May 23, 2019, among the Issuers and the Trustee.

 

“Base Interest” shall mean
the interest that would otherwise accrue on the Notes under the terms thereof and the Indenture, without giving effect to the provisions
of this Agreement.

 

“broker-dealer” shall mean
any broker or dealer registered with the Commission under the Exchange Act.

 

“CCH II” means CCH II,
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

“Charter” shall mean Charter
Communications Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

     

     

    

 

“Charter Holdings” shall
mean Charter Communications Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

“Closing Date” shall mean
July 9, 2020.

 

“Commission” shall mean
the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, or any other federal agency at the time administering the Exchange Act or
the Securities Act, whichever is the relevant statute for the particular purpose.

 

“Company” shall have the
meaning assigned thereto in the introductory paragraph hereto.

 

“Conduct Rules” shall have
the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(e)(xix) hereof.

 

“Effective Time,” in the
case of (i) an Exchange Offer Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Exchange Offer
Registration Statement effective or as of which the Exchange Offer Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective and (ii)
a Shelf Registration, shall mean the time and date as of which the Commission declares the Shelf Registration Statement effective
or as of which the Shelf Registration Statement otherwise becomes effective.

 

“Electing Holder” shall
mean any holder of Registrable Securities that has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Issuers in accordance
with Section 3(e)(ii) or 3(e)(iii) hereof.

 

“Exchange Act” shall mean
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor thereto, and the rules, regulations and forms promulgated thereunder, all
as the same shall be amended from time to time.

 

“Exchange Date” shall have
the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

“Exchange Notes” shall
mean the senior notes issued by the Issuers under the Indenture substantially identical in all material respects to the Notes (and
entitled to the benefits of the Indenture which shall be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act), except that they have been registered
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and do not contain provisions for the additional interest
contemplated in Section 2(c) hereof, to be issued to holders in exchange for Registrable Securities.

 

“Exchange Offer” shall
have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

“Exchange Offer Registration”
shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(c) hereof.

 

“Exchange Offer Registration Statement”
shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

    	 	-2-	 

     

    

 

“Exchanging Dealer” shall
have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 6(a) hereof.

 

“Fifth Supplemental Indenture”
shall mean the fifth supplemental indenture to the Base Indenture, dated as of July 9, 2020, by and among the Issuers and the Trustee,
relating to the Notes.

 

“FINRA” shall have the
meaning assigned thereto in Section 3(e)(xix) hereof.

 

“holder” shall mean, unless
the context otherwise indicates, each of the Purchasers and other persons who acquire Registrable Securities from time to time
(including, without limitation, any successors or assigns), in each case for so long as such person is a registered holder of any
Registrable Securities.

 

“Indenture” shall mean
the Base Indenture, as supplemented by the Fifth Supplemental Indenture (as defined below), as the same shall be amended or supplemented
from time to time.

 

“Issuers” shall have the
meaning assigned thereto in the introductory paragraph hereto.

 

“Losses” shall have the
meaning assigned thereto in Section 6(d) hereof.

 

“Notes” shall have the
meaning assigned thereto in the introductory paragraph hereto and shall include any Notes issued in exchange therefor or in lieu
thereof pursuant to the Indenture.

 

“Notice and Questionnaire”
shall mean a Notice of Registration Statement and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.

 

“Parent Companies” shall
mean, collectively, (i) Charter, (ii) Charter Holdings, (iii) Charter Communications Holding Company, LLC, a Delaware
limited liability company, and (iv) CCH II.

 

“person” shall mean a corporation,
association, partnership, organization, limited liability company, business, individual, government or political subdivision thereof
or governmental agency.

 

“Purchase Agreement” shall
mean the Purchase Agreement, dated July 6, 2020, among the Representative and the Issuers, relating to the Notes.

 

“Purchasers” shall mean
the Purchasers named in Schedule I to the Purchase Agreement.

 

    	 	-3-	 

     

    

 

“Registrable
Securities” shall mean the Notes (and to the extent set forth in clause (i) of this definition and in Section 2(d)
hereof, certain Exchange Notes); provided, however, that a Note or Exchange Note shall cease to be a
Registrable Security when (i) in the circumstances contemplated by Section 2(a) hereof, such Note has been exchanged for an
Exchange Note in an Exchange Offer as contemplated in Section 2(a) hereof (provided that any Exchange Note that,
pursuant to the penultimate sentence of Section 2(a), is included in a prospectus for use in connection with resales by
broker-dealers shall be deemed to be a Registrable Security with respect to Sections 5, 6 and 9 hereof until resale of such
Registrable Security has been effected within the 180-day period referred to in Section 2(a)(y)); (ii) in the circumstances
contemplated by Section 2(b) hereof, a Shelf Registration Statement registering such Note or Exchange Note under the
Securities Act has been declared or becomes effective and such Note or Exchange Note has been sold or otherwise transferred
by the holder thereof pursuant to and in a manner contemplated by such effective Shelf Registration Statement; (iii) such
Note or Exchange Note is sold pursuant to Rule 144 under circumstances in which any legend borne by such Note or Exchange
Note relating to restrictions on transferability thereof, under the Securities Act or otherwise, is removed by the Issuers
pursuant to the Indenture; (iv) such Note or Exchange Note is eligible to be sold pursuant to Rule 144 by a Person that is
not an “affiliate” (within the meaning of Rule 405); or (v) such Note or Exchange Note shall cease to be
outstanding.

 

“Registration Default”
shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) hereof.

 

“Registration Default Period”
shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) thereof.

 

“Registration Expenses”
shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 4 hereof.

 

“Representative” shall
have the meaning assigned thereto in the addressee block hereto.

 

“Resale Period” shall have
the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(a) hereof.

 

“Restricted Holder” shall
mean (i) a holder that is an affiliate of the Issuers within the meaning of Rule 405, (ii) a holder who acquires Exchange Notes
outside the ordinary course of such holder’s business, (iii) a holder who has arrangements or understandings with any person
to participate in the Exchange Offer for the purpose of distributing Exchange Notes and (iv) a holder that is a broker-dealer,
but only with respect to Exchange Notes received by such broker-dealer pursuant to an Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable
Securities acquired by the broker-dealer directly from the Issuers.

 

“Rule 144,” “Rule
405” and “Rule 415” shall mean, in each case, such rule promulgated under the Securities Act (or any
successor provision), as the same shall be amended from time to time.

 

“Securities Act” shall
mean the Securities Act of 1933, or any successor thereto, and the rules, regulations and forms promulgated thereunder, all as
the same shall be amended from time to time.

 

“Shelf Filing Deadline”
shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b) hereof.

 

    	 	-4-	 

     

    

 

“Shelf Registration” shall
have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b) hereof.

 

“Shelf Registration Statement”
shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(b) hereof.

 

“Special Interest” shall
have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) hereof.

 

“Transfer Restricted Notes”
shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 2(c) hereof.

 

“Trust Indenture Act” shall
mean the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, or any successor thereto, and the rules, regulations and forms promulgated thereunder, all
as the same shall be amended from time to time.

 

“Trustee” shall mean The
Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee under the Indenture.

 

Unless the context otherwise requires, any
reference herein to a “Section” or “clause” refers to a Section or clause, as the case may be, of this
Agreement, and the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and other words of similar import
refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision. Any reference herein to “Notes”
or “Exchange Notes” refers also to any guarantees thereof by any guarantors required to guarantee such notes pursuant
to the Indenture.

 

SECTION 2.          
Registration Under the Securities Act.

 

(a)               Except
as set forth in Section 2(b) below, the Issuers agree to file under the Securities Act, as soon as practicable, a
registration statement relating to an offer to exchange (such registration statement, the “Exchange Offer
Registration Statement,” and such offer, the “Exchange Offer”) any and all Registrable
Securities for a like aggregate principal amount of Exchange Notes. The Issuers agree to use their reasonable best efforts to
cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to become or be declared effective under the Securities Act as soon as
practicable after the Closing Date. The Exchange Offer will be registered under the Securities Act on the appropriate form
and will comply with the Exchange Act. The Issuers further agree to use their reasonable best efforts to complete the
Exchange Offer not later than 450 days following the Closing Date (or if such 450th day is not a business day, the
next succeeding business day) (the “Exchange Date”) and to exchange Exchange Notes for all Registrable
Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn on or prior to the expiration of the Exchange Offer. The
Issuers shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable United
States federal and state securities laws to complete the Exchange Offer; provided, however, that in no event
shall such period be less than 20 business days after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is mailed to holders. The
Exchange Offer will be deemed to have been completed only if the Exchange Notes received by holders, other than Restricted
Holders, in the Exchange Offer in exchange for Registrable Securities are, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder
without restriction under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and without material restrictions under the blue sky or
securities laws of a substantial majority of the States of the United States of America. The Exchange Offer shall be deemed
to have been completed upon the earlier to occur of (i) the Issuers having exchanged the Exchange Notes for all outstanding
Registrable Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer and (ii) the Issuers having exchanged, pursuant to the Exchange Offer,
Exchange Notes for all Registrable Securities that have been properly tendered and not withdrawn before the expiration of the
Exchange Offer. The Issuers agree (x) to include in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement a prospectus for use in any
resales by any holder of Exchange Notes that is a broker-dealer and identifies itself as such by written notice to the
Issuers prior to the effectiveness of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement and (y) to keep such Exchange Offer
Registration Statement effective for a period (the “Resale Period”) beginning when Exchange Notes are
first issued in the Exchange Offer and ending upon the earlier of the expiration of the 180th day after the Exchange Offer
has been completed or such time as such broker-dealers no longer own any Registrable Securities. With respect to such
Exchange Offer Registration Statement, such holders shall have the benefit of the rights of indemnification and contribution
set forth in Sections 6(a), (c), (d) and (e) hereof.

 

    	 	-5-	 

     

    

 

(b)               If
(i) on or prior to the time the Exchange Offer is completed existing law or Commission policy or interpretations are changed
such that the Exchange Notes received by holders, other than Restricted Holders, in the Exchange Offer in exchange for
Registrable Securities are not or would not be, upon receipt, transferable by each such holder without restriction under the
Securities Act, (ii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed by the Exchange Date, (iii) any Purchaser so requests with
respect to Registrable Securities that are not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Notes in the Exchange Offer and that are
held by it following the consummation of the Exchange Offer, or (iv) the Exchange Offer is not available to any holder (other
than a Purchaser) which notifies the Issuers in writing, then, in each case, the Issuers shall, in lieu of (or, in the case
of clause (iii) or (iv), in addition to) conducting the Exchange Offer contemplated by Section 2(a), file a
 “shelf” registration statement in accordance with the remainder of this Section 2(b) below, under the Securities
Act with respect to the Notes that could not be exchanged for any reason set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) above. The
Issuers shall, on or prior to 30 business days after the time such obligation to file arises, file a “shelf”
registration statement providing for the registration of, and the sale on a continuous or delayed basis by the holders of,
all the Registrable Securities, pursuant to Rule 415 or any similar rule that may be adopted by the Commission (such filing,
the “Shelf Registration” and such registration statement, the “Shelf Registration
Statement”). The Issuers agree to use their reasonable best efforts (x) to cause the Shelf Registration Statement
to become or be declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the later of 450 days (or if such 450th day is not a
business day, the next succeeding business day) following the Closing Date and the 90th day (or if such 90th day is not a
business day, the next succeeding business day) after the date such filing obligations arises (the “Shelf Filing
Deadline”) and to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective for a period ending on the earlier
of (i) the second anniversary of the Effective Time or (ii) such time as there are no longer any Registrable Securities
outstanding; provided, however, that no holder (other than a Purchaser) shall be entitled to be named as a
selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of
Registrable Securities unless such holder is an Electing Holder, and (y) after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration
Statement, promptly upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that is not then an Electing Holder, to take any
action reasonably necessary to enable such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable
Securities, including, without limitation, any action necessary to identify such holder as a selling securityholder in the
Shelf Registration Statement; provided, however, that nothing in this clause (y) shall relieve any such holder
of the obligation to return a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Issuers in accordance with Section
3(e)(iii) hereof. The Issuers further agree to supplement or make amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement, as and when
required by the rules, regulations or instructions applicable to the registration form used by the Issuers for such Shelf
Registration Statement or by the Securities Act for shelf registration, and the Issuers agree to furnish to each Electing
Holder copies of any such supplement or amendment prior to its being used or promptly following its filing with the
Commission.

 

    	 	-6-	 

     

    

 

(c)               In
the event that (i) the Shelf Registration Statement has not become effective or been declared effective by the Commission on
or prior to the Shelf Filing Deadline, (ii) the Exchange Offer has not been completed on or prior to the Exchange Date, (iii)
the Exchange Offer Registration Statement required by Section 2(a) hereof is filed and becomes or is declared effective but
thereafter shall either be withdrawn by the Issuers or shall become subject to an effective stop order issued pursuant to
Section 8(d) of the Securities Act suspending the effectiveness of such registration statement (except as specifically
permitted herein) without being succeeded immediately by an additional registration statement filed and declared effective,
in each case prior to the completion of the Exchange Offer or (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement required by Section 2(b)
hereof is filed and becomes or is declared effective but shall thereafter either be withdrawn by the Issuers or shall become
subject to an effective stop order issued pursuant to Section 8(d) of the Securities Act suspending the effectiveness of such
registration statement (except as specifically permitted herein) without being succeeded immediately by an additional
registration statement filed and declared effective (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a
 “Registration Default” and each period during which a Registration Default has occurred and is continuing,
a “Registration Default Period”), then, as liquidated damages for such Registration Default, subject to
the provisions of Section 9(b), special interest (“Special Interest”), in addition to the Base Interest,
shall accrue on the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Transfer Restricted Notes (as defined below) affected by
such Registration Default at a per annum rate of 0.25% for the first 90 days of the Registration Default Period and at a per
annum rate of 0.50% thereafter for the remaining portion of the Registration Default Period, commencing on (A) the 90th day
after the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement was required, in the case of clause (i) above (but in no event prior to
the 450th day after the Closing Date), (B) the 450th day after the Closing Date, in the case of clause
(ii) above, (C) the day such Exchange Offer Registration Statement ceases to be effective, in the case of clause (iii) above
and (D) the day such Shelf Registration Statement ceases to be effective, in the case of clause (iv) above. Following the
cure of all Registration Defaults relating to particular Transfer Restricted Notes (which shall be the Effective Time of the
Shelf Registration Statement in the case of clause (i) above, the date of the completion of the Exchange Offer, in the case
of clause (ii) above, the date that the Exchange Offer Registration Statement again becomes effective, in the case of clause
(iii) above, and the date that the Shelf Registration Statement again becomes effective, in the case of clause (iv) above),
the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Notes will be reduced to the original interest rate borne by such
Transfer Restricted Notes; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction in interest rate, a different
Registration Default occurs, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Notes shall again be increased
pursuant to the foregoing provisions. All accrued Special Interest shall be paid in cash by the Issuers on each Interest
Payment Date (as defined in the Indenture). For purposes of this Agreement, “Transfer Restricted Notes”
shall mean, with respect to any Registration Default, any Notes or Exchange Notes which have not ceased being Registrable
Securities pursuant to the definition thereof in Section 1 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything contained herein,
Special Interest shall be the sole and exclusive remedy with respect to a Registration Default.

 

    	 	-7-	 

     

    

 

(d)              
If any Purchaser determines that it is not eligible to participate in the Exchange Offer with respect to the exchange of
Registrable Securities constituting any portion of an unsold allotment, at the request of such Purchaser, then, subject to any
prohibitions or restrictions imposed by any applicable law or regulations, the Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable
efforts to issue and deliver to such Purchaser, in exchange for such Registrable Securities, a like principal amount of Exchange
Notes. Such issuance shall not be deemed to be part of the Exchange Offer. The Issuers shall use their commercially reasonable
efforts to cause the CUSIP Service Bureau to issue the same CUSIP number for Exchange Notes described in this Section 2(d) as for
Exchange Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer. Any such Exchange Notes shall, at the time of issuance, and subject to the
limitations set forth in Section 1 hereof, constitute Registrable Securities for purposes of this Agreement (other than Section
2(a) hereof).

 

(e)              
The Issuers shall use their reasonable best efforts to take all actions necessary or advisable to be taken by them to ensure
that the transactions contemplated herein are effected as so contemplated in Section 2(a) or 2(b) hereof.

 

(f)               
Any reference herein to a registration statement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or
deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference as of such time and any reference herein to any post-effective amendment to a registration
statement as of any time shall be deemed to include any document incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, therein by reference
as of such time.

 

SECTION 3.          
Registration Procedures. If the Issuers file a registration statement pursuant to Section 2(a) or Section 2(b), the
following provisions shall apply:

 

(a)              
At or before the Effective Time of the Exchange Offer or the Shelf Registration, as the case may be, the Issuers shall cause
the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939.

 

(b)              
In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Issuers shall
appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture.

 

(c)              
In connection with the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the registration of Exchange Notes as contemplated by
Section 2(a) (the “Exchange Offer Registration”), if applicable, the Issuers shall, as soon as practicable (or
as otherwise specified):

 

(i)              
prepare and file with the Commission an Exchange Offer Registration Statement on any form which may be utilized by the Issuers
and which shall permit the Exchange Offer and resales of Exchange Notes by broker-dealers during the Resale Period to be effected
as contemplated by Section 2(a);

 

    	 	-8-	 

     

    

 

(ii)             
 as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Exchange Offer Registration
Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer
Registration Statement for the periods and purposes contemplated in Section 2(a) hereof and as may be required by the applicable
rules and regulations of the Commission and the instructions applicable to the form of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement,
and promptly provide each broker-dealer holding Exchange Notes with such number of copies of the prospectus included therein (as
then amended or supplemented), in conformity in all material respects with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust
Indenture Act, as such broker-dealer reasonably may request prior to the expiration of the Resale Period, for use in connection
with resales of Exchange Notes;

 

(iii)             
prepare and furnish to each such holder a reasonable number of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as
thereafter delivered to purchasers of such Exchange Notes during the Resale Period, such prospectus conforms in all material respects
to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and shall not contain an untrue statement of a
material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading
in light of the circumstances then existing;

 

(iv)             
use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Exchange Offer
Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto as soon as practicable;

 

(v)             
use their reasonable best efforts to (A) register or qualify the Exchange Notes under the securities laws or blue sky laws
of such jurisdictions as are contemplated by Section 2(a) no later than the commencement of the Exchange Offer, (B) keep such registrations
or qualifications in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in
such jurisdictions until the expiration of the Resale Period and (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary
or advisable to enable each broker-dealer holding Exchange Notes to consummate the disposition thereof in such jurisdictions; provided,
however, that neither of the Issuers shall be required for any such purpose to (1) qualify as a foreign corporation or limited
liability company, as the case may be, in any jurisdiction wherein it would not otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements
of this Section 3(c)(v), (2) consent to general service of process in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate
of incorporation or by-laws (or other organizational document) or any agreement between it and holders of its ownership interests;

 

(vi)              use
their reasonable best efforts to obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal,
state or local, which may be required to effect the Exchange Offer Registration, the Exchange Offer and the offering and sale
of Exchange Notes by broker-dealers during the Resale Period;

 

    	 	-9-	 

     

    

 

(vii)            
provide a CUSIP number for all Exchange Notes, not later than the applicable Effective Time;

 

(viii)           
comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to their securityholders
as soon as practicable but no later than eighteen months after the effective date of such Exchange Offer Registration Statement,
an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the
option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder);

 

(ix)             
mail to each holder a copy of the prospectus forming part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement, together with an
appropriate letter of instruction and related documents;

 

(x)              
utilize the services of a depositary for the Exchange Offer, which may be the Trustee, any new trustee under the Indenture,
or an affiliate of any of them;

 

(xi)             
permit holders to withdraw tendered Notes at any time prior to the close of business, New York time, on the last business
day on which the Exchange Offer is open;

 

(xii)            
prior to the Effective Time, provide a supplemental letter to the Commission (i) stating that the Issuers are conducting
the Exchange Offer in reliance on the position of the Commission in Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (pub. avail. May 13, 1988),
Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (pub. avail. June 5, 1991); and (ii) including a representation that the Issuers have not entered
into any arrangement or understanding with any person to distribute the Exchange Notes to be received in the Exchange Offer and
that, to the best of the Issuers’ information and belief, each holder participating in the Exchange Offer is acquiring the
Exchange Notes in the ordinary course of business and has no arrangement or understanding with any person to participate in the
distribution of the Exchange Notes; and

 

(xiii)           
provide the Representative, in advance of filing thereof with the Commission, a draft of such Exchange Offer Registration
Statement substantially in the form to be filed with the Commission, each prospectus included therein or filed with the Commission
and each amendment or supplement thereto (including any documents incorporated by reference therein after the initial filing),
and shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments
as are reasonably proposed.

 

    	 	-10-	 

     

    

 

(d)               
 As soon as practicable after the close of the Exchange Offer, the Issuers shall:

 

(i)              
accept for exchange all Registrable Securities tendered and not validly withdrawn pursuant to the Exchange Offer;

 

(ii)             
deliver to the Trustee for cancellation all Notes so accepted for exchange; and

 

(iii)             
cause the Trustee promptly to authenticate and deliver to each holder a principal amount of Exchange Notes equal to the
principal amount of the Registrable Securities of such Holder so accepted for exchange.

 

(e)               
In connection with the Issuers’ obligations with respect to the Shelf Registration, if applicable, the Issuers shall,
as soon as practicable (or as otherwise specified):

 

(i)              
prepare and file with the Commission within the time periods specified in Section 2(b), a Shelf Registration Statement on
any form which may be utilized by the Issuers and which shall register all the Registrable Securities for resale by the holders
thereof in accordance with such method or methods of disposition as may be specified by such of the holders as, from time to time,
may be Electing Holders and use their reasonable best efforts to cause such Shelf Registration Statement to become or be declared
effective within the time periods specified in Section 2(b);

 

(ii)             
not less than 30 calendar days prior to the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, mail the Notice and Questionnaire
to the holders of Registrable Securities; no holder shall be entitled to be named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration
Statement as of the Effective Time, and no holder shall be entitled to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of
Registrable Securities at any time, unless such holder has returned a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Issuers
by the deadline for response set forth therein; provided, however, that holders of Registrable Securities shall have
at least 28 calendar days from the date on which the Notice and Questionnaire is first mailed to such holders to return a completed
and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Issuers;

 

(iii)            
after the Effective Time of the Shelf Registration Statement, upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities that
is not then an Electing Holder, promptly send a Notice and Questionnaire to such holder; provided that the Issuers shall
not be required to take any action to name such holder as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement or to enable
such holder to use the prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities until such holder has returned a
completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire to the Issuers;

 

    	 	-11-	 

     

    

 

(iv)            
 as soon as practicable prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such Shelf Registration
Statement and the prospectus included therein as may be necessary to effect and maintain the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration
Statement for the period specified in Section 2(b) and as may be required by the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission
and the instructions applicable to the form of such Shelf Registration Statement, and furnish to the Electing Holders copies of
any such supplement or amendment simultaneously with or prior to its being used or filed with the Commission;

 

(v)             
comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all the Registrable Securities covered
by such Shelf Registration Statement in accordance with the intended methods of disposition by the Electing Holders provided for
in such Shelf Registration Statement;

 

(vi)            
provide (A) the Electing Holders, (B) the underwriters (which term, for purposes of this Agreement, shall include a person
deemed to be an underwriter within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the Securities Act), if any, thereof, (C) any sales or placement
agent therefor, (D) counsel for any such underwriter or agent, (E) not more than one counsel for all the Electing Holders and (F)
the Representative, in advance of filing thereof with the Commission, a draft of such Shelf Registration Statement, each prospectus
included therein or filed with the Commission and each amendment or supplement thereto (including any documents incorporated by
reference therein after the initial filing), in each case in substantially the form to be filed with the Commission, and shall
use their commercially reasonable efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as
are reasonably proposed;

 

(vii)           
for a reasonable period prior to the filing of such Shelf Registration Statement, and throughout the period specified in
Section 2(b), make available at reasonable times at each Issuer’s principal place of business, or such other reasonable
place for inspection by the persons referred to in Section 3(e)(vi) who shall certify to the Issuers that they have a current
intention to sell the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration, such financial and other relevant information
and books and records of the Issuers, each of their subsidiaries and, as relevant, Parent Companies, and cause each of their officers,
employees, counsel and independent certified public accountants to supply all relevant information and to respond to such inquiries,
as shall be reasonably necessary, in the judgment of the respective counsel referred to in such Section, to conduct a reasonable
investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that each such party shall
be required to maintain in confidence and not to disclose to any other person any information or records reasonably designated
by the Issuers as being confidential, until such time as (A) such information becomes a matter of public record (whether by virtue
of its inclusion in such registration statement or otherwise, except as a result of a breach of this or any other obligation of
confidentiality to the Issuers), or (B) such person shall be required so to disclose such information pursuant to a subpoena or
order of any court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the matter (subject to the requirements of such
order, and only after such person shall have given the Issuers prompt prior written notice of such requirement), or (C) such information
is required to be set forth in such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or in an amendment to such
Shelf Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to such prospectus in order that such Shelf Registration Statement,
prospectus, amendment or supplement, as the case may be, complies with applicable requirements of the federal securities laws
and the rules and regulations of the Commission and does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state therein
a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances
then existing, provided further, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this clause
(vii), any such person (and each employee, representative, or other agent of such person) may disclose to any and all persons,
without limitation, the U.S. tax treatment and any facts that may be relevant to the tax structure of the matters covered by and
relating to this Agreement (including opinions or other tax analysis that are provided to such party relating to such tax treatment
and tax structure); provided, however, that no person (and no employee, representative, or other agent of any person)
shall disclose any other information that is not relevant to understanding the tax treatment and tax structure of the matters
covered by and relating to this Agreement (including the identity of any party and any information that could lead another to
determine the identity of any party), or any other information to the extent that such non-disclosure is reasonably necessary
in order to comply with applicable securities law;

 

    	 	-12-	 

     

    

 

(viii)           promptly
notify each of the Representative, the Electing Holders, any sales or placement agent therefor and any underwriter thereof
(which notification may be made through any managing underwriter that is a representative of such underwriter for such
purpose) and confirm such advice in writing, (A) when such Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or
any prospectus amendment or supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to such Shelf
Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment, when the same has become effective, (B) of any comments by the
Commission and by the blue sky or securities commissioner or regulator of any state with respect thereto, or any request by
the Commission for amendments or supplements to such Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus or for additional
information, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration
Statement or the initiation or, to the knowledge of the Issuers, threatening of any proceedings for that purpose, (D) if at
any time the representations and warranties of the Issuers contemplated by Section 3(e)(xvii) or Section 5 hereof cease to be
true and correct in all material respects, (E) of the receipt by the Issuers of any notification with respect to the
suspension of the qualification of the Registrable Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or, to the
knowledge of the Issuers, threatening of any proceeding for such purpose, or (F) if at any time when a prospectus is required
to be delivered under the Securities Act, that such Shelf Registration Statement, prospectus, prospectus amendment or
supplement or post-effective amendment does not conform in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the
Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material
fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances
then existing;

 

    	 	-13-	 

     

    

 

(ix)             
use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the withdrawal of any order suspending the effectiveness of such Shelf Registration
Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto as soon as practicable;

 

(x)              
if requested by any managing underwriter or underwriters, any placement or sales agent or any Electing Holder, promptly
incorporate in a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment such information as is required by the applicable rules and
regulations of the Commission, and as such managing underwriter or underwriters, such agent or such Electing Holder specifies should
be included therein relating to the terms of the sale of such Registrable Securities, including, without limitation, information
(i) with respect to the principal amount of Registrable Securities being sold by such Electing Holder or agent or to any underwriters,
the name and description of such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, the offering price of such Registrable Securities, and
any discount, commission or other compensation payable in respect thereof and the purchase price being paid therefor by such underwriters
and (ii) with respect to any other material terms of the offering of the Registrable Securities to be sold by such Electing Holder
or agent or to such underwriters; and make all required filings of such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment upon
notification of the matters to be incorporated in such prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

 

(xi)              furnish
to each Electing Holder, each placement or sales agent, if any, therefor, each underwriter, if any, thereof and the
respective counsel referred to in Section 3(e)(vi) hereof an executed copy (or, in the case of an Electing Holder, a
conformed copy) of such Shelf Registration Statement, each such amendment and supplement thereto (in each case including all
exhibits thereto (in the case of an Electing Holder of Registrable Securities, upon request) and documents incorporated by
reference therein) and such number of copies of such Shelf Registration Statement (excluding exhibits thereto and documents
incorporated by reference therein unless specifically so requested by such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter, as the case
may be) and of the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement (including, without limitation, each preliminary
prospectus and any summary prospectus), in conformity in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the
Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, and such other documents, as such Electing Holder, agent, if any, and
underwriter, if any, may reasonably request in order to facilitate the offering and disposition of the Registrable Securities
owned by such Electing Holder, offered or sold by such agent or underwritten by such underwriter and to permit such Electing
Holder, agent and underwriter to satisfy the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and the Issuers hereby
consent to the use of such prospectus (including, without limitation, such preliminary and summary prospectus) and any
amendment or supplement thereto by each such Electing Holder and by any such agent and underwriter, in each case in the form
most recently provided to such person by the Issuers, in connection with the offering and sale of the Registrable Securities
covered by the prospectus (including, without limitation, such preliminary and summary prospectus) or any supplement or
amendment thereto;

 

    	 	-14-	 

     

    

 

(xii)            
use their reasonable best efforts to (A) register or qualify the Registrable Securities to be included in such Shelf Registration
Statement under such securities laws or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as any Electing Holder and each placement or sales
agent, if any, therefor and underwriter, if any, thereof shall reasonably request, (B) keep such registrations or qualifications
in effect and comply with such laws so as to permit the continuance of offers, sales and dealings therein in such jurisdictions
during the period the Shelf Registration is required to remain effective under Section 2(b) above and for so long as may be necessary
to enable any such Electing Holder, agent or underwriter to complete its distribution of the Registrable Securities pursuant to
such Shelf Registration Statement and (C) take any and all other actions as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to enable
each such Electing Holder, agent, if any, and underwriter, if any, to consummate the disposition in such jurisdictions of such
Registrable Securities; provided, however, that neither of the Issuers shall be required for any such purpose to
(1) qualify as a foreign corporation or limited liability company, as the case may be, in any jurisdiction wherein it would not
otherwise be required to qualify but for the requirements of this Section 3(d)(xii), (2) consent to general service of process
in any such jurisdiction or (3) make any changes to its certificate of incorporation or by-laws (or other organizational document)
or any agreement between it and holders of its ownership interests;

 

(xiii)           
use their reasonable best efforts to obtain the consent or approval of each governmental agency or authority, whether federal,
state or local, which may be required to effect the Shelf Registration or the offering or sale in connection therewith or to enable
the selling holder or holders to offer, or to consummate the disposition of, their Registrable Securities;

 

(xiv)           
unless any Registrable Securities shall be in book-entry only form, cooperate with the Electing Holders and the managing
underwriters, if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Registrable Securities to
be sold, which certificates, if so required by any securities exchange upon which any Registrable Securities are listed, shall
be penned, lithographed or engraved, or produced by any combination of such methods, on steel engraved borders, and which certificates
shall not bear any restrictive legends; and, in the case of an underwritten offering, enable such Registrable Securities to be
in such denominations and registered in such names as the managing underwriters may request at least two business days prior to
any sale of the Registrable Securities;

 

    	 	-15-	 

     

    

 

(xv)            
 provide a CUSIP number for all Registrable Securities, not later than the applicable Effective Time;

 

(xvi)           
enter into one or more underwriting agreements, engagement letters, agency agreements, “best efforts” underwriting
agreements or similar agreements, as appropriate, including customary provisions relating to indemnification and contribution (but
no less favorable than those set forth in Section 6 with respect to all parties indemnified under Section 6), unless such provisions
are acceptable to Electing Holders of at least 50% in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities and any managing
underwriters, and take such other actions in connection therewith as any Electing Holders of at least 20% in aggregate principal
amount of the Registrable Securities at the time outstanding shall request in order to expedite or facilitate the disposition of
such Registrable Securities;

 

(xvii)           whether
or not an agreement of the type referred to in Section 3(e)(xvi) hereof is entered into, and whether or not any portion of
the offering contemplated by the Shelf Registration is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent
or any other entity, (A) make such representations and warranties to the Electing Holders and the placement or sales agent,
if any, therefor and the underwriters, if any, thereof in form, substance and scope as are customarily made in connection
with an offering of debt securities pursuant to any appropriate agreement or to a registration statement filed on the form
applicable to the Shelf Registration; (B) obtain an opinion of counsel to the Issuers in customary form, subject to customary
limitations, assumptions and exclusions, and covering such matters, of the type customarily covered by such an opinion, as
the managing underwriters, if any, or as any Electing Holders of at least 20% in aggregate principal amount of the
Registrable Securities at the time outstanding may reasonably request, addressed to such Electing Holder or Electing Holders
and the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the underwriters, if any, thereof and dated the date of the Effective
Time of such Shelf Registration Statement (and if such Shelf Registration Statement contemplates an underwritten offering of
a part or all of the Registrable Securities, dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement relating thereto)
(it being agreed that the matters to be covered by such opinion shall include the matters set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c)
of Section 8 of the Purchase Agreement to the extent applicable to an offering of this type); (C) obtain a “cold
comfort” letter or letters from the independent certified public accountants of the Issuers addressed to the selling
Electing Holders, the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor or the underwriters, if any, thereof, dated (i) the
effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) the effective date of any prospectus supplement to the
prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement or post-effective amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement
which includes unaudited or audited financial statements as of a date or for a period subsequent to that of the latest such
statements included in such prospectus (and, if such Shelf Registration Statement contemplates an underwritten offering
pursuant to any prospectus supplement to the prospectus included in such Shelf Registration Statement or post-effective
amendment to such Shelf Registration Statement which includes unaudited or audited financial statements as of a date or for a
period subsequent to that of the latest such statements included in such prospectus, dated the date of the closing under the
underwriting agreement relating thereto), such letter or letters to be in customary form and covering such matters of the
type customarily covered by letters of such type; (D) deliver such documents and certificates, including, without limitation,
officers’ certificates, as may be reasonably requested by any Electing Holders of at least 20% in aggregate principal
amount of the Registrable Securities at the time outstanding or the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the
managing underwriters, if any, thereof to evidence the accuracy of the representations and warranties made pursuant to clause
(A) above or those contained in Section 5(a) hereof and the compliance with or satisfaction of any agreements or conditions
contained in the underwriting agreement or other similar agreement entered into by the Issuers pursuant to Section 3(e)(xvi);
and (E) undertake such obligations relating to expense reimbursement, indemnification and contribution as are provided in
Section 6 hereof;

 

    	 	-16-	 

     

    

 

(xviii)         
notify in writing each holder of Registrable Securities of any proposal by the Issuers to amend or waive any provision of
this Agreement pursuant to Section 9(h) hereof and of any amendment or waiver effected pursuant thereto, each of which notices
shall contain the substance of the amendment or waiver proposed or effected, as the case may be;

 

(xix)           
in the event that any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act shall underwrite any Registrable Securities or participate
as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or “assist in the distribution” (within the meaning of the
Conduct Rules (the “Conduct Rules”) of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”)
or any successor thereto, as amended from time to time) thereof, whether as a holder of such Registrable Securities or as an underwriter,
a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, assist such broker-dealer in complying with
the requirements of such Conduct Rules, including, without limitation, by (A) if such Conduct Rules shall so require, engaging
a “qualified independent underwriter” (as defined in such Conduct Rules) to participate in the preparation of the Shelf
Registration Statement relating to such Registrable Securities, to exercise usual standards of due diligence in respect thereto
and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such Shelf Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through
a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Registrable Securities, (B) indemnifying any such qualified independent
underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 6 hereof (or to such other customary extent
as may be requested by such underwriter), and (C) providing such information to such broker-dealer as may be required in order
for such broker-dealer to comply with the requirements of the Conduct Rules; and

 

(xx)             comply
with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission, and make generally available to its securityholders as soon as
practicable but in any event not later than eighteen months after the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement, an
earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries complying with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act (including, at the
option of the Company, Rule 158 thereunder).

 

    	 	-17-	 

     

    

 

(f)               
In the event that the Issuers would be required, pursuant to Section 3(e)(viii)(F) hereof, to notify the Electing Holders,
the placement or sales agent, if any, therefor and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof, the Issuers shall prepare and furnish
to each of the Electing Holders, to each placement or sales agent, if any, and to each such underwriter, if any, a reasonable number
of copies of a prospectus supplemented or amended so that, as thereafter delivered to purchasers of Registrable Securities, such
prospectus conforms in all material respects to the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act,
and shall not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing. Each Electing Holder agrees
that upon receipt of any notice from the Issuers pursuant to Section 3(e)(viii)(F) hereof, such Electing Holder shall forthwith
discontinue the disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement applicable to such Registrable
Securities until such Electing Holder shall have received copies of such amended or supplemented prospectus, and if so directed
by the Issuers, such Electing Holder shall deliver to the Issuers (at the Issuers’ expense) all copies, other than permanent
file copies, then in such Electing Holder’s possession of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities at the time
of receipt of such notice.

 

(g)              
In the event of a Shelf Registration, in addition to the information required to be provided by each Electing Holder in
its Notice and Questionnaire, the Issuers may require such Electing Holder to furnish to the Issuers such additional information
regarding such Electing Holder and such Electing Holder’s intended method of distribution of Registrable Securities as may
be required in order to comply with the Securities Act. Each such Electing Holder agrees to notify the Issuers as promptly as practicable
of any inaccuracy or change in information previously furnished by such Electing Holder to the Issuers or of the occurrence of
any event in either case as a result of which any prospectus relating to such Shelf Registration contains or would contain an untrue
statement of a material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended method of disposition of such
Registrable Securities or omits to state any material fact regarding such Electing Holder or such Electing Holder’s intended
method of disposition of such Registrable Securities required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, and promptly to furnish to the Issuers any additional information required
to correct and update any previously furnished information or required so that such prospectus shall not contain, with respect
to such Electing Holder or the disposition of such Registrable Securities, an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances
then existing.

 

    	 	-18-	 

     

    

 

SECTION 4.          
Registration Expenses. The Issuers agree, subject to the last sentence of this Section 4, to bear and to pay or
cause to be paid promptly all expenses incident to the Issuers’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement, including,
without limitation, (a) all Commission and any FINRA registration, filing and review fees and expenses including, without limitation,
fees and disbursements of counsel for the placement or sales agent or underwriters in connection with such registration, filing
and review, (b) all fees and expenses in connection with the qualification of the Notes for offering and sale under the securities
laws and blue sky laws referred to in Section 3(e)(xii) hereof and determination of their eligibility for investment under the
laws of such jurisdictions as any managing underwriters or the Electing Holders may designate, including, without limitation,
any fees and disbursements of counsel for the Electing Holders or underwriters in connection with such qualification and determination,
(c) all expenses relating to the preparation, printing, production, distribution and reproduction of each registration statement
required to be filed hereunder, each prospectus included therein or prepared for distribution pursuant hereto, each amendment
or supplement to the foregoing, the expenses of preparing the Notes for delivery and the expenses of printing or producing any
underwriting agreements, agreements among underwriters, selling agreements and blue sky or legal investment memoranda and all
other documents in connection with the offering, sale or delivery of Notes to be disposed of (including, without limitation, certificates
representing the Notes), (d) messenger, telephone and delivery expenses relating to the offering, sale or delivery of Notes and
the preparation of documents referred in clause (c) above, (e) fees and expenses of the Trustee under the Indenture, any agent
of the Trustee and any reasonable fees and expenses for counsel for the Trustee and of any collateral agent or custodian, (f)
internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of each Issuer’s officers and employees performing
legal or accounting duties), (g) fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel and independent certified public accountants of the
Issuers (including, without limitation, the expenses of any opinions or “cold comfort” letters required by or incidental
to such performance and compliance), (h) reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of one counsel for the Electing Holders retained
in connection with a Shelf Registration, as selected by the Electing Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Registrable Securities held by Electing Holders (which counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Issuers), (i) any
fees charged by securities rating services engaged by the Issuers for rating the Notes, and (j) reasonable fees, expenses and
disbursements of any other persons, including, without limitation, special experts, retained by the Issuers in connection with
such registration (collectively, the “Registration Expenses”). To the extent that any Registration Expenses
are incurred, assumed or paid by any holder of Registrable Securities or any placement or sales agent therefor or underwriter
thereof, the Issuers shall reimburse such person for the full amount of the Registration Expenses so incurred, assumed or paid
promptly after receipt of a request therefor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the holders of the Registrable Securities being registered
shall pay all agency fees and commissions and underwriting discounts and commissions attributable to the sale of such Registrable
Securities and the fees and disbursements of any counsel or other advisors or experts retained by such holders (severally or jointly),
other than the counsel and experts specifically referred to above.

 

SECTION 5.          
Representations, Warranties and Covenants. Except with respect to clauses (a) and (b) below, the Issuers represent
and warrant to, and agree with, each Purchaser and each of the holders from time to time of Registrable Securities the information
set forth in this Section 5.

 

    	 	-19-	 

     

    

 

With respect to clauses (a) and (b) below,
the Issuers covenant that:

 

(a)              
Each registration statement covering Registrable Securities and each prospectus (including, without limitation, any preliminary
or summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant to Section 3(e) or Section 3(c) hereof and any further amendments
or supplements to any such registration statement or prospectus, when it becomes effective or is filed with the Commission, as
the case may be, and, in the case of an underwritten offering of Registrable Securities, at the time of the closing under the underwriting
agreement relating thereto, will conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture
Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein
or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; and at all times subsequent to the Effective Time when a prospectus
would be required to be delivered under the Securities Act, other than from (i) such time as a notice has been given to holders
of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 3(e)(viii)(F) or Section 3(c)(iii) hereof until (ii) such time as the Issuers furnish
an amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to Section 3(f) or Section 3(c)(iii) hereof, each such registration statement, and
each prospectus (including, without limitation, any preliminary or summary prospectus) contained therein or furnished pursuant
to Section 3(e) or Section 3(c) hereof, as then amended or supplemented, will conform in all material respects to the requirements
of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state
a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances
then existing; provided, however, that this covenant shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance
upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Issuers by a holder of Registrable Securities expressly for
use therein.

 

(b)              
Any documents incorporated by reference in any prospectus referred to in Section 5(a) hereof, when they become or became
effective or are or were filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will conform or conformed in all material respects to the
requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, as applicable, and none of such documents will contain or contained an
untrue statement of a material fact or will omit or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary
to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that this covenant shall not apply to any statements
or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Issuers by a holder of Registrable
Securities expressly for use therein.

 

(c)              
This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Issuers.

 

    	 	-20-	 

     

    

 

SECTION 6.          
Indemnification.

 

(a)               The
Issuers, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each holder of Registrable Securities or Exchange Notes,
as the case may be, covered by any Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement (including each
Purchaser and, with respect to any prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 3(c)(ii) or (iii) hereof, each holder
(which may include any Purchaser) that is a broker-dealer and elects to exchange for Exchange Notes any Registrable
Securities that it acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (but not
directly from the Issuers or any affiliate of the Issuers) for Exchange Notes) (each an “Exchanging
Dealer”), the affiliates, directors, officers, employees and agents of each such holder and each person who
controls any such holder within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any and all losses,
claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act,
the Exchange Act or other Federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses,
claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement as
originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any preliminary prospectus or the prospectus included in any registration
statement, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not
misleading, and agrees to reimburse each such indemnified party, as incurred, for any legal or other expenses reasonably
incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action; provided, however,
that the Issuers will not be liable in any case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or
is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance
upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Issuers by or on behalf of any such holder specifically for
inclusion therein. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Issuers may otherwise have.

 

The Issuers, jointly and severally, also agree
to indemnify or contribute as provided in Section 6(d) to Losses of any underwriter of Registrable Securities or Exchange Notes,
as the case may be, registered under a Shelf Registration Statement, their directors, officers, employees or agents and each person
who controls such underwriter within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, on substantially the same basis
as that of the indemnification of the Purchasers and the selling holders provided in this Section 6(a) and shall, if requested
by any holder, enter into an underwriting agreement reflecting such agreement, as provided in Section 3(e)(xvi) hereof.

 

(b)              
Each holder of Registrable Securities or Exchange Notes covered by an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration
Statement (including each Purchaser and, with respect to any prospectus delivery as contemplated in Section 3(c)(ii) or Section
3(f)(iv) hereof, each Exchanging Dealer) severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuers, and each of their affiliates,
directors, employees, members, managers and agents and each Person who controls the Issuers within the meaning of either the Securities
Act or the Exchange Act, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Issuers to each such holder, but only with reference
to written information relating to such holder furnished to the Issuers by or on behalf of such holder specifically for inclusion
in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which any
such holder may otherwise have.

 

    	 	-21-	 

     

    

 

(c)              
 Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 6 or notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified
party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 6, notify the indemnifying
party in writing of the commencement thereof; but the failure so to notify the indemnifying party (i) will not relieve it from
liability under paragraph (a) or (b) above unless and to the extent such action and such failure results in the forfeiture by the
indemnifying party of substantial rights and defenses; and (ii) will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any
obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. The indemnifying
party shall be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party
similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with
the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and, except as provided in the next sentence, after
notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election to so assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying
party shall not be liable to such indemnified party for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in each case
subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation.
Notwithstanding the indemnifying party’s rights in the prior sentence, the indemnified party shall have the right to employ
its own counsel (and one local counsel), and the indemnifying party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such
separate counsel if (i) the use of counsel chosen by the indemnifying party to represent the indemnified party would present such
counsel with a conflict of interest; (ii) the actual or potential defendants in, or targets of, any such action include both the
indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal
defenses available to it and/or other indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those available to the indemnifying
party; (iii) the indemnifying party shall not have employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent the indemnified
party within a reasonable time after notice of the institution of such action; or (iv) the indemnifying party shall authorize the
indemnified party to employ separate counsel at the expense of the indemnifying party. No indemnifying party shall, in connection
with any one action or separate but substantially similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general
circumstances or allegations, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (in addition to any
local counsel) for all indemnified parties. An indemnifying party shall not be liable under this Section 6 to any indemnified party
regarding any settlement or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any pending or threatened claim,
action, suit or proceeding in respect of which indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the indemnified
parties are actual or potential parties to such claim or action) unless such settlement, compromise or consent is consented to
by such indemnifying party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

    	 	-22-	 

     

    

 

(d)               In
the event that the indemnity provided in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section 6 is unavailable to or insufficient to hold
harmless an indemnified party for any reason, then each applicable indemnifying party agrees to contribute to the aggregate
losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal or other expenses reasonably incurred in
connection with investigating or defending same) (collectively “Losses”) to which such indemnifying party
may be subject in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the indemnifying party on
the one hand and by the indemnified party on the other from the offering of the Notes. If, however, the allocation provided
by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the
notice required under subsection (c) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by
such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative
fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or
omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well as any other
relevant equitable considerations. Benefits received by the Issuers shall be deemed to be equal to the sum of (x) the total
net proceeds from the initial placement of the Notes (before deducting expenses) reflected in the Purchase Agreement and (y)
the total amount of Special Interest which the Issuers were not required to pay as a result of registering the securities
covered by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. Benefits
received by the Purchasers shall be deemed to be equal to the total purchase discounts and commissions as reflected in the
Purchase Agreement, and benefits received by any other holders shall be deemed to be equal to the proceeds received from the
sale of the Registrable Securities or Exchange Notes, as applicable. Benefits received by any underwriter shall be deemed to
be equal to the total underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth in the prospectus forming a part of the Exchange
Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement which resulted in such Losses. The relative fault shall be
determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party on the one
hand or the indemnified party on the other and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and
opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The parties agree that it would not be just and equitable if
contribution pursuant to this subsection (d) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the holders or any agents or
underwriters or all of them were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not
take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this subsection (d). The amount paid or payable by an
indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to above
in this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party
in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection
(d), no holder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the dollar amount of the proceeds
received by such holder from the sale of Registrable Securities (after deducting any fees, discounts and commissions
applicable thereto) exceeds the amount of any damages which such holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such
untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, and no underwriter shall be required to contribute any
amount in excess of the amount by which the total price of the Registrable Securities underwritten by it and distributed to
the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such
untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. The holders’ and any underwriters’
obligations in this subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to the principal amount of Registrable Securities
registered or underwritten, as the case may be, by them, and not joint. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph (d),
no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be
entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this
Section 6, each person who controls any holder, agent or underwriter within the meaning of either the Securities Act or the
Exchange Act and each director, officer, employee and agent of a holder, agent or underwriter shall have the same rights to
contribution as such holder, agent or underwriter, and each person who controls the Issuers within the meaning of either the
Securities Act or the Exchange Act and each officer and director of the Issuers shall have the same rights to contribution as
the Issuers, subject in each case to the applicable terms and conditions of this paragraph (d).

 

    	 	-23-	 

     

    

 

(e)              
The provisions of this Section will remain in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf
of any holder or the Issuers or any of the officers, directors or controlling persons referred to in this Section hereof, and will
survive the sale by a holder of securities covered by an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or Shelf Registration Statement.

 

SECTION 7.          
Underwritten Offerings.

 

(a)              
Selection of Underwriters. If any of the Registrable Securities covered by the Shelf Registration are to be sold
pursuant to an underwritten offering, the managing underwriter or underwriters thereof shall be designated by Electing Holders
holding at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities to be included in such offering, provided
that such designated managing underwriter or underwriters is or are reasonably acceptable to the Issuers.

 

(b)              
Participation by Holders. Each holder of Registrable Securities hereby agrees with each other such holder that no
such holder may participate in any underwritten offering hereunder unless such holder (i) agrees to sell such holder’s Registrable
Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements with respect to such Registrable Securities approved by the persons
entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities,
underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

(c)              
Minimum Requirements. With respect to the Notes, the Issuers shall not have any obligations with respect to any underwriters
or underwritten offering except a single underwritten offering of $270 million or more of Registrable Securities.

 

SECTION 8.          
Rule 144.

 

(a)              
Each of the Issuers covenants to the holders of Registrable Securities that to the extent it shall be required to do so
under the Exchange Act, it shall timely file the reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act
(including, without limitation, the reports under Section 13 and 15(d) of the Exchange Act referred to in subparagraph (c)(1) of
Rule 144), and shall take such further action as any holder of Registrable Securities may reasonably request, all to the extent
required from time to time to enable such holder to sell Registrable Securities without registration under the Securities Act within
the limitations of the exemption provided by Rule 144, or any similar or successor rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the
Commission. Upon the request of any holder of Registrable Securities in connection with that holder’s sale pursuant to Rule
144, the Issuers shall deliver to such holder a written statement as to whether they have complied with such requirements.

 

    	 	-24-	 

     

    

 

(b)              
 At any time while any of the Notes are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144, if the Company
is no longer subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (as opposed to just having the obligations
suspended), the Company or a Parent (as defined in the Indenture) shall prepare and furnish to any Holder, any beneficial owner
of the Notes and any prospective purchaser of Notes designated by a Holder or a beneficial owner of the Notes, promptly upon request,
the information required pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) (or any successor thereto) under the Securities Act in connection with the
offer, sale or transfer of Notes. Such information may be provided by a Parent in filings with the Commission which filing shall
satisfy the obligations set forth in this clause (b). The requirements set forth in this clause (b) will not be applicable after
the one year anniversary of the issuance of any Notes.

 

SECTION 9.          
Miscellaneous.

 

(a)              
No Inconsistent Agreements. The Issuers represent, warrant, covenant and agree that they have not granted, and shall
not grant, registration rights with respect to Registrable Securities or any other Notes which would be inconsistent with the terms
contained in this Agreement.

 

(b)              
Specific Performance. Except with respect to a Registration Default, the parties hereto acknowledge that there would
be no adequate remedy at law if the Issuers fail to perform any of their obligations hereunder and that the Purchasers and the
holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities may be irreparably harmed by any such failure, and accordingly agree that
the Purchasers and such holders, in addition to any other remedy to which they may be entitled at law or in equity, shall be entitled
to compel specific performance of the obligations of the Issuers under this Agreement in accordance with the terms and conditions
of this Agreement, in any court of the United States or any State thereof having jurisdiction.

 

(c)              
Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and
shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) when delivered by hand, if delivered personally or by courier, (ii) when sent by facsimile
(with written confirmation of receipt), provided that a copy is mailed by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested
or (iii) three days after being deposited in the mail (registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested)
as follows: if to the Issuers, c/o CCO Holdings, LLC, 400 Atlantic Street, Stamford, Connecticut 06901, Attention: General Counsel,
Facsimile No.: (203) 564-1377 and if to a holder, to the address of such holder set forth in the security register or other records
of the Issuers, or to such other address as the Issuers or any such holder may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance
herewith, with a copy in like manner c/o Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC at 1585 Broadway, New York, New York 10036, Attention: High
Yield Syndicate Desk. Notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.

 

(d)               Parties
in Interest. All the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon, shall inure to the benefit of and
shall be enforceable by the parties hereto and the holders from time to time of the Registrable Securities and the respective
successors and assigns of the parties hereto and such holders. In the event that any person shall acquire Registrable
Securities, in any manner, whether by gift, bequest, purchase, operation of law or otherwise, such transferee shall, without
any further writing or action of any kind, be deemed a beneficiary hereof for all purposes and such Registrable Securities
shall be held subject to all the terms of this Agreement, and by taking and holding such Registrable Securities such
transferee shall be entitled to receive the benefits, and be conclusively deemed to have agreed to be bound by all the
applicable terms and provisions, of this Agreement. If the Issuers shall so request, any such successor, assign or transferee
shall agree in writing to acquire and hold the Registrable Securities subject to all the applicable terms hereof.

 

    	 	-25-	 

     

    

 

(e)              
Survival. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and each other provision set forth
in this Agreement or made pursuant hereto shall remain in full force and effect regardless of any investigation (or statement as
to the results thereof) made by or on behalf of any holder of Registrable Securities, any director, officer or partner of such
holder, any agent or underwriter or any director, officer or partner thereof, or any controlling person of any of the foregoing,
and shall survive delivery of and payment for the Registrable Securities pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and the transfer and
registration of Registrable Securities by such holder and the consummation of an Exchange Offer.

 

(f)               
GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW
YORK.

 

(g)              
Headings. The descriptive headings of the several Sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience
only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

(h)              
Entire Agreement; Amendments. This Agreement and the other writings referred to herein (including, without limitation,
the Indenture and the form of Notes) or delivered pursuant hereto which form a part hereof contain the entire understanding of
the parties with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties
with respect to its subject matter. This Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived
(either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively) only by a written instrument duly executed
by the Issuers and the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Registrable Securities at the time outstanding.
Each holder of any Registrable Securities at the time or thereafter outstanding shall be bound by any amendment or waiver effected
pursuant to this Section 9(h), whether or not any notice, writing or marking indicating such amendment or waiver appears on such
Registrable Securities or is delivered to such holder.

 

(i)               
Inspection. For so long as this Agreement shall be in effect, this Agreement and a complete list of the names and
addresses of all the holders of Registrable Securities shall be made available for inspection and copying, upon reasonable prior
notice, on any business day during normal business hours by any holder of Registrable Securities for proper purposes only (which
shall include any purpose related to the rights of the holders of Registrable Securities under the Notes, the Indenture and this
Agreement) at the offices of the Issuers at the address thereof set forth in Section 9(c) above and at the office of the Trustee
under the Indenture.

 

    	 	-26-	 

     

    

 

(j)               
Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the parties in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original,
but all such respective counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

(k)              
Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in
any circumstances, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability
of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions hereof shall not be in any way impaired or affected
thereby, it being intended that all of the rights and privileges of the parties shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted
by law.

 

(l)               
Securities Held by the Issuers, etc. Whenever the consent or approval of holders of a specified percentage of principal
amount of Registrable Securities or Exchange Notes is required hereunder, Registrable Securities or Exchange Notes, as applicable,
held by the Issuers or their affiliates (controlled by the Issuers and other than subsequent holders of Registrable Securities
or Exchange Notes if such subsequent holders are deemed to be affiliates solely by reason of their holdings of such Registrable
Securities or Exchange Notes) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the holders of
such required percentage.

 

(m)             
Additional Notes. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, any registration statement and exchange offer herein
contemplated may include other securities issued by the Issuers and guaranteed by the applicable guarantors, if any.

 

(n)              
Termination. The obligations of the Issuers under this Agreement to register or qualify the Registrable Securities
or otherwise make any offer shall terminate when there are no Registrable Securities outstanding.

 

[Signature Pages Follow]

 

    	 	-27-	 

     

    

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your
understanding, please sign and return to us counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by you, on behalf of each of the
Purchasers, this Agreement and such acceptance hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among the parties hereto. It is understood
that your acceptance of this Agreement on behalf of each of the Purchasers is pursuant to the authority set forth in a form of
agreement among Purchasers, the form of which shall be submitted to the Issuers for examination upon request, but without warranty
on your part as to the authority of the signers thereof.

 

	 	Very
truly yours,

	 	 
	 	CCO
HOLDINGS, LLC, as an Issuer

	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Jessica Fischer
	 	Name:	Jessica M. Fischer
	 	Title:	Senior Vice President – Finance and Corporate Treasurer
	 	 	 
	 	CCOH
HOLDINGS CAPITAL CORP., as an Issuer

	 	 	 
	 	By:	/s/ Jessica Fischer
	 	Name:	Jessica M. Fischer
	 	Title:	Senior Vice President – Finance and Corporate Treasurer

 

Charter - Registration Rights Agreement

 

    	 	 	 

     

    

 

	 	Accepted as of the date hereof:

	 	 
	 	Acting on behalf of
                                                         itself and the several Purchasers

	 	 	 
	 	Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
	 	 	 
	 	By:	        
	 	Name:	
	 	Title:	

 

Charter - Registration Rights Agreement

 

    	 	 	 

     

    

 

EXHIBIT A

 

CCO HOLDINGS, LLC

CCO HOLDINGS CAPITAL CORP.

INSTRUCTION TO DTC PARTICIPANTS

(Date of Mailing)

URGENT — IMMEDIATE ATTENTION REQUESTED

DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE: [DATE]1

 

The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”)
has identified you as a DTC Participant through which beneficial interests in the CCO Holdings, LLC (the “Company”)
and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. (together with the Company, the “Issuers”) 4.250% Senior Notes due 2031 issued
on July 9, 2020 (the “Notes”) are held.

 

The Issuers are in the process of registering
the Notes under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, for resale by the beneficial owners thereof. In order to have their Notes
included in the registration statement, beneficial owners must complete and return the enclosed Notice of Registration Statement
and Selling Securityholder Questionnaire.

 

It is important that beneficial owners of
the Notes receive a copy of the enclosed materials as soon as possible as their rights to have the Notes included in the registration
statement depend upon their returning the Notice and Questionnaire by [Deadline For Response]. Please forward a copy of the enclosed
documents to each beneficial owner that holds interests in the Notes through you. If you require more copies of the enclosed materials
or have any questions pertaining to this matter, please contact the Issuers c/o CCO Holdings, LLC, 440 Atlantic Street, 10th Floor,
Stamford, Connecticut 06901, Attention: General Counsel.

 

 

 

	1	Not less than 28 calendar days from date of mailing.

 

    	 	A-1	 

     

    

 

CCO HOLDINGS, LLC

CCO HOLDINGS CAPITAL CORP.

Notice of Registration Statement

and

Selling Securityholder Questionnaire

(Date)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Exchange and
Registration Rights Agreement (the “Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement”) among CCO Holdings, LLC (the
 “Company”), CCO Holdings Capital Corp. (together with the Company, the “Issuers”), and the
Purchasers named therein. Pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, the Issuers have filed with the United States
Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Shelf
Registration Statement”) for the registration and resale under Rule 415 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
 “Securities Act”), of the Issuers’ 4.250% Senior Notes due 2031 issued on July 9, 2020 (the “Notes”).
A copy of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement is attached hereto. All capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein
shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

 

Each beneficial owner of Registrable Securities
is entitled to have the Registrable Securities beneficially owned by it included in the Shelf Registration Statement. In order
to have Registrable Securities included in the Shelf Registration Statement, this Notice of Registration Statement and Selling
Securityholder Questionnaire (“Notice and Questionnaire”) must be completed, executed and delivered to the Issuers’
counsel at the address set forth herein for receipt ON OR BEFORE [Deadline for Response]. Beneficial owners of Registrable Securities
who do not complete, execute and return this Notice and Questionnaire by such date (i) will not be named as selling securityholders
in the Shelf Registration Statement and (ii) may not use the Prospectus forming a part thereof for resales of Registrable Securities.

 

Certain legal consequences arise from being
named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus. Accordingly, holders and beneficial
owners of Registrable Securities are advised to consult their own securities law counsel regarding the consequences of being named
or not being named as a selling securityholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus.

 

    	 	A-2	 

     

    

 

ELECTION

 

The undersigned holder (the “Selling
Securityholder”) of Registrable Securities hereby elects to include in the Shelf Registration Statement the Registrable
Securities beneficially owned by it and listed below in Item (3). The undersigned, by signing and returning this Notice and Questionnaire,
agrees to be bound with respect to such Registrable Securities by the terms and conditions of this Notice and Questionnaire and
the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 6 of the Exchange and Registration Rights
Agreement, as if the undersigned Selling Securityholder were an original party thereto.

 

Upon any sale of Registrable Securities pursuant
to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder will be required to deliver to the Issuers and the Trustee the
Notice of Transfer Pursuant to Registration Statement set forth in Exhibit B to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

 

The Selling Securityholder hereby provides
the following information to the Issuers and represents and warrants that such information is accurate and complete:

 

QUESTIONNAIRE

 

		(1)	(a)       Full Legal Name of Selling Securityholder:

 

(b)       Full
Legal Name of Registered Holder (if not the same as in (a) above) of Registrable Securities Listed in Item (3) below:

 

(c)       Full
Legal Name of DTC Participant (if applicable and if not the same as (b) above) Through Which Registrable Securities Listed
in Item (3) below are Held:

 

	(2)	Address for Notices to
Selling Securityholder:

	 	                                                                        
	 	                                                                        
	 	                                                                        

	 	 	Telephone:		 
	 	 	Fax:	 	 
	 	 	Contact Person:	 	 

 

	(3)	Beneficial Ownership of Notes:

Except as set forth below in this Item (3), the undersigned does not beneficially own any Notes.

 

		(a)	Principal amount of Registrable Securities beneficially owned:
	 	 	 
	 	 	 

	 	 	CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable
Securities:	

 

 

		(b)	Principal amount of Notes other than Registrable Securities
beneficially owned:
	 	 	 

 

    	 	A-3	 

     

    

 

	 	 	CUSIP No(s). of such other
Notes:	
	 	 	 	 
	 	(c)	Principal amount of Registrable Securities which the undersigned wishes to be included
                           in the Shelf Registration Statement:                        
	 	 	 
	 	 	CUSIP No(s). of such Registrable Securities to be included in the Shelf Registration
                              Statement:                                                           

 

		(4)	Beneficial Ownership of Other Securities of the Issuers:

Except as set forth below in this Item (4), the undersigned Selling Securityholder is not the beneficial or registered owner of
any other securities of the Issuers other than the Notes listed above in Item (3).

 

State any exceptions here:

 

		(5)	Relationships with the Issuers:

Except as set forth below, neither the Selling Securityholder nor any of its affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity
holders (5% or more) has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with the Issuers (or their respective
predecessors or affiliates) during the past three years.

 

State any exceptions here:

 

		(6)	Plan of Distribution:

Except as set forth below, the undersigned Selling Securityholder intends to distribute the Registrable Securities listed above
in Item (3) only as follows (if at all): Such Registrable Securities may be sold from time to time directly by the undersigned
Selling Securityholder or, alternatively, through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents. Such Registrable Securities may be sold
in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at varying prices determined at the
time of sale, or at negotiated prices. Such sales may be effected in transactions (which may involve crosses or block transactions)
(i) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the Registrable Securities may be listed or quoted at the
time of sale, (ii) in the over-the-counter market, (iii) in transactions otherwise than on such exchanges or services or in the
over-the-counter market, or (iv) through the writing of options. In connection with sales of the Registrable Securities or otherwise,
the Selling Securityholder may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of
the Registrable Securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Securityholder may also sell Registrable
Securities short and deliver Registrable Securities to close out such short positions, or loan or pledge Registrable Securities
to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such Registrable Securities.

 

    	 	A-4	 

     

    

 

State any exceptions here:

 

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder
acknowledges that it understands its obligation to comply, and agrees that it will comply, with the provisions of the Exchange
Act including, without limitation, Regulation M.

 

In the event that the Selling Securityholder
transfers all or any portion of the Registrable Securities listed in Item (3) above after the date on which such information is
provided to the Issuers, the Selling Securityholder agrees to notify the transferee(s) at the time of the transfer of its rights
and obligations under this Notice and Questionnaire and the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement.

 

By signing below, the Selling Securityholder
consents to the disclosure of the information contained herein in its answers to Items (1) through (6) above and the inclusion
of such information in the Shelf Registration Statement and related Prospectus. The Selling Securityholder understands that such
information will be relied upon by the Issuers in connection with the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement and related
Prospectus.

 

In accordance with the Selling Securityholder’s
obligation under Section 3(e) of the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement to provide such information as may be required
by law for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Selling Securityholder agrees to promptly notify the Issuers of any
inaccuracies or changes in the information provided herein which may occur subsequent to the date hereof at any time while the
Shelf Registration Statement remains in effect. All notices hereunder and pursuant to the Exchange and Registration Rights Agreement
shall be made in writing, by hand-delivery, first-class mail, or air courier guaranteeing overnight delivery as follows:

 

               (i)     To the Issuers:

_________________________

_________________________

_________________________

_________________________

_________________________

 

               (ii)     With a copy to:

_________________________

_________________________

_________________________

_________________________

_________________________

 

Once this Notice and Questionnaire is executed
by the Selling Securityholder and received by the Issuers’ counsel, the terms of this Notice and Questionnaire, and the representations
and warranties contained herein, shall be binding on, shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by the respective
successors, heirs, personal representatives, and assigns of the Issuers and the Selling Securityholder (with respect to the Registrable
Securities beneficially owned by such Selling Securityholder and listed in Item (3) above). This Agreement shall be governed in
all respects by the laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any provisions relating to conflicts of laws.

 

    	 	A-5	 

     

    

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned, by authority
duly given, has caused this Notice and Questionnaire to be executed and delivered either in person or by its duly authorized agent.

 

Dated:                                               

 

 

Selling Securityholder

(Print/type full legal name of beneficial owner of Registrable Securities)

 

	By:	 	 
	Name:	 	 
	Title:	 	 

 

PLEASE RETURN THE COMPLETED AND EXECUTED NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE
FOR RECEIPT ON OR BEFORE [DEADLINE FOR RESPONSE] TO THE ISSUERS’ COUNSEL AT:

 

_________________________

_________________________

_________________________

_________________________

_________________________

 

    	 	A-6	 

     

    

 

EXHIBIT B

 

NOTICE OF TRANSFER PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION
STATEMENT

 

CCO HOLDINGS, LLC

CCO HOLDINGS CAPITAL CORP.

440 Atlantic Street, 10th Floor

Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Attention: General Counsel

The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A.

[Address]

Attention: Trust Officer

 

		Re:	CCO Holdings, LLC and CCO Holdings Capital Corp. (the “Issuers”) 4.250% Senior
Notes due 2031 issued on July 9, 2020 (the “Notes”)

 

Please be advised that ________________ has
transferred $___________ aggregate principal amount of the above-referenced Notes pursuant to an effective Registration Statement
on Form S-1 (File No. 333-____) filed by the Issuers.

 

We hereby certify that the prospectus delivery
requirements, if any, of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, have been satisfied and that the above-named beneficial owner
of the Notes is named as a “Selling Holder” in the prospectus dated [date] or in supplements thereto, and that the
aggregate principal amount of the Notes transferred are the Notes listed in such prospectus opposite such owner’s name.

 

Dated:

 

		Very truly yours,
	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	(Name)
		 	 
		By:	 
	 	 	(Authorized
Signature)

 

    	 	B-1

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00311-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00311-of-00352.parquet"}]]